In a quest of novel antispasmodic agents with antimicrobial properties, the present study describes design and synthesis of novel analogs for veratric acid ester 4-[ethyl-{2-(4- methoxyphenyl)-1-methylethyl} amino] butan-1-ol, an antispasmodic drug which is expected to be a potent antimicrobial agent may be due to the presence of two benzene rings and a secondary or tertiary nitrogen in the basic structural framework of the molecule. The reaction between substituted 2-ethylamino-1-(4’-methoxyphenyl) propane and various haloaryl benzoates derivatives obtained from reaction between different homologs of benzoic acid and dibromoalkanes in a two step process to give corresponding structurally diverse analogs of lead compound has been achieved. The structures of these novel analogs were confirmed by different structure elucidation techniques. All the compounds have been screened for their anti-spasmodic activity and the study extended further to evaluate their sedative, antibacterial and antifungal potency. The novel analogs of lead compound exhibited pronounced antispasmodic activities and also gave encouraging results of antimicrobial and sedative activity as anticipated.
General method of preparation of veratric acid ester 4-[ethyl-{2-(4-methoxyphenyl)-1- methylethyl} amino] butan-1-ol hydrochloride (5) and its analogs (5a-5p) A mixture of compound (3) (149 g, 0.47 mol) and Compound (4) (183 g, 0.95 mol) in ethyl methyl ketone (MEK) was refluxed for a period of 30 h at 75-80oC. The progress of the reaction was monitored by TLC to ensure formation of product and complete conversion of starting. On reaction completion solvent was distilled off and water (750 ml) was added to the reaction mass followed by toluene (300 ml). The resulting solution was cooled to 30oC and stirred for 30 minutes before layer separation. The organic layer was washed further with water (2×100 ml) and dried over sodium sulphate. To the organic layer IPA-HCl (72 g, 20 %) was added till pH is acidic (2-2.5).The product precipitated as solid hydrochloride salt was isolated by filtration and recrystallized from methanol. Yield: 181 g, 82% m.p., 105-107°C.
Antispasmodic drugs relieve cramps or spasms of the stomach, intestines, and bladder. Antispasmodics are classes (group) of drugs that can help to control some symptoms that arise from the gut, in particular, gut spasm. There are two main types namely “Antimuscarinics” and “Smooth muscle relaxants”. Antispasmodics are commonly used in “Irritable bowel syndrome” (IBS) to help relieve some of the symptoms of IBS such as spasm (colic), bloating and abdominal (stomach) pain and to reduce the motility (movement) of the intestines (gut) [1].
After understanding further the medicinal importance of antispasmodics and their ever increasing demand worldwide, we pursue to undertake the detailed synthetic and pharmacological study of antispasmodics to identify novel candidates as potential drug substances. Our parallel interest also lies on identifying novel antimicrobials since over the years; antibiotics are known to be the major protective agents against bacterial infections. However, the usage of antibiotics and antibacterial chemotherapeutics is becoming more and more restricted in the present age, despite the fact that there exist a large number of antibiotics. This is largely attributed to the emergence of drug-resistant bacteria, which render even some of the most broad spectrum antibiotics ineffective. In addition, most antibiotics have side effects. Thus, it becomes essential to investigate newer drugs with less resistance. Different studies on search of newer antimicrobials and antibacterial have revealed that moderate to remarkable antimicrobial or antibacterial action is present in several compounds, belonging to various pharmacological categories, such as antihistamines [2-4], tranquilizers [5], antihypertensive [6], anti-psychotics [7-11] anti-spasmodic [12] and anti-inflammatory agents [13]. Such compounds, having antibacterial properties in addition to their predesignated pharmacological actions, are termed as non-antibiotics [12]. Many of these compounds possess two or three benzene rings and nitrogen in the secondary or tertiary state in their molecular structure which is expected to be one of the bases for exhibiting antimicrobial potency [14]. Based on this rationale and to pursue our interest to identify newer antispasmodic agents with sedative and antimicrobial properties
[1] M. H. Pittler, E. Ernst, Am. J. Gastroenterol., 1998, 93 (7), 1131–5. [2] S. G. Dastidar, P. K. Saha, B. Sanyamat, A. N. Chakrabarty, J. Appl. Bacteriol., 1976, 41, 209- 214. [3] D. Chattopadyay, S. G. Dastidar, A. Chakrabarty, Arzneimittelforschang, 1988, 38, 869-872. [4] A. Chakrabarty, D. P. Acharya, D. K. Neogi, S. G. Dastidar, Indian J. Med. Res., 1989, 89, 233-237. [5] S. K. Dash, S. G. Dastidar, A. Chakrabarty, Indian J. Exp. Biol., 1977, 15, 324-326. [6] S. G. Dastidar, U. Mondal, S. Niyogi, A. Chakrabarty, Indian J. Med. Res., 1986, 84, 142- 147. [7] J. Molnar, Y. Mandi, J. Kiral, Acta Microbiol Acad Sci Hung., 1976, 23, 45-54. [8] J. E. Kristiansen, Acta Pathol. Microbial Immunol. Scand., 1992, 100 (Suppl. 30), 7-14 [9] S. G. Dastidar, A. Chaudhury, S. Annadurai, M. Mookerjee, A. Chakrabarty, J. Chemother., 1995, 7, 201-206. [10] V. Radhakrishnan, K. Ganguly, M. Ganguly, S. G. Dastidar, A. Chakrabarty, Indian J. Exp. Biol., 1999, 37, 671-675. [11] P. Bourlioux, J. M. Moreaux, W. J. Su, H. Boureau, Acta Pathol. Microbial. Immunol Scand., 1992, 100 (Suppl. 30), 40-43. [12] S. G. Dastidar, A. Chakrabarty, J. Molnar, N. Motohashi, National Institute of Science Communication (NISCOM), New Delhi, 1998, pp. 15. [13] S. Annadurai, S. Basu, S. Ray, S. G. Dastidar, A. C
Mebeverine is a drug used to alleviate some of the symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome. It works by relaxing the muscles in and around the gut.[1]
Medical use
Mebeverine is used to alleviate some of the symptoms of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS) and related conditions; specifically stomach pain and cramps, persistent diarrhoea, and flatulence.[2]
Data from controlled clinical trials have not found a difference from placebo or statistically significant results in the global improvement of IBS.[3][4]
It has not been tested in pregnant women nor in pregnant animals so pregnant women should not take it; it is expressed at low levels in breast milk, while no adverse effects have been reported in infants, breastfeeding women should not take this drug.[1]
Adverse effects
Adverse effects include hypersensitivity reactions and allergic reactions, immune system disorders, skin disorders including hives, oedema and widespread rashes.[2]
Additionally, the following adverse effects have been reported: heartburn, indigestion, tiredness, diarrhoea, constipation, loss of appetite, general malaise, dizziness, insomnia, headache, and decreased pulse rate.[1]
Mebeverine can, on highly rare occasions, cause drug-induced acute angle closure glaucoma.[5]
Mechanism of action
Mebeverine is an anticholinergic but its mechanism of action is not known; it appears to work directly on smooth muscle within the gastrointestinal tract and may have an anaesthetic effect, may affect calcium channels, and may affect muscarinic receptors.[2]
It is metabolized mostly by esterases, and almost completely. The metabolites are excreted in urine.[2]
Mebeverine exists in two enantiomeric forms. The commercially available product is a racemic mixture of them. A study in rats indicates that the two have different pharmacokinetic profiles.[6]
History
It is a second generation papaverine analog, and was first synthesized around the same time as verapamil.[7]
^ Hatami M, Farhadi K, Tukmechi A (August 2012). “Fiber-based liquid-phase micro-extraction of mebeverine enantiomers followed by chiral high-performance liquid chromatography analysis and its application to pharmacokinetics study in rat plasma”. Chirality. 24(8): 634–9. doi:10.1002/chir.22057. PMID22700279.
1H-Benzimidazol-2-ol, 5-chloro-1-[1-[3-(2-hydroxy-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)propyl]-4-piperidinyl]- 260-968-7[EINECS] 2H-Benzimidazol-2-one, 5-chloro-1-[1-[3-(2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)propyl]-4-piperidinyl]-1,3-dihydro- 4-(5-Chloro-2-oxo-1-benzimidazolinyl)-1-[3-(2-oxobenzimidazolinyl)propyl]piperidine 57808-66-9[RN]домперидон دومبيريدون 多潘立酮 CAS Registry Number: 57808-66-9 CAS Name: 5-Chloro-1-[1-[3-(2,3-dihydro-2-oxo-1H-benzimidazol-1-yl)propyl]-4-piperidinyl]-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzimidazol-2-one Additional Names: 5-chloro-1-[1-[3-(2-oxo-1-benzimidazolinyl)propyl]-4-piperidyl]-2-benzimidazolinone Manufacturers’ Codes: R-33812 Trademarks: Euciton (Roux-Ocefa); Evoxin (Sterling Winthrop); Gastronorm (Janssen); Mod (Irbi); Motilium (Janssen); Nauzelin (Janssen); Peridon (Italchimici); Peridys (Robapharm) Molecular Formula: C22H24ClN5O2 Molecular Weight: 425.91 Percent Composition: C 62.04%, H 5.68%, Cl 8.32%, N 16.44%, O 7.51% Literature References: A novel in vitro dopamine antagonist with antinauseant properties.Prepn: J. Vandenberk et al.,DE2632870; eidem,US4066772 (1977, 1978 both to Janssen). Pharmacology: C. Ennis et al.,J. Pharm. Pharmacol.31, Suppl., 14P (1979). Gastrokinetic properties: J. M. Van Neuten et al.,Life Sci.23, 453 (1978). 3H-domperidone studies: M. P. Martres et al.,ibid. 1781; M. Baudry et al.,Arch. Pharmacol.308, 231 (1979). Clinical studies: A. J. Reyntjens et al.,Arzneim.-Forsch.28, 1194 (1978); D. B. Wilson, J. W. Dundee, Anaesthesia34, 765 (1979). Review of pharmacology, pharmacokinetics and therapeutic efficacy: R. N. Brogden et al.,Drugs24, 360-400 (1982). Properties: Crystals from DMF/water, mp 242.5°. Melting point: mp 242.5° Therap-Cat: Antiemetic. Keywords: Antiemetic; Dopamine Receptor Antagonist.
Domperidone (7.1.6) (Motilium), a peripherally selective D2-like receptor antagonist, regulates the motility of the gastric and small intestinal smooth muscles and has been shown to have some effects on the motor function of the esophagus. It effectively prevents bile reflux but does not affect gastric secretion. As a result of the blockade of dopamine receptors in the chemoreceptor trigger zone it also has an antiemetic activity. Domperiodone provided relief of such symptoms as anorexia, nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, early satiety, bloating, and distension in patients with symptoms of diabetic gastropathy. It also provided short-term relief of symptoms in patients with dyspepsia or gastroesophageal reflux, prevented nausea and vomiting associated with emetogenic chemotherapy, and prevented the gastrointestinal and emetic adverse effects of antiparkinsonian drugs. Because domperidone does not readily cross the blood brain barrier and does not inhibit dopamine receptors in the brain, reports of adverse effects on the CNS, such as dystonic reactions, are rare [52–61]. Domperidone is widely used in many countries and can now be officially prescribed to patients in the United States. There are very few treatment options currently available for patients with gastrointestinal motility disorders, especially for patients with gastroparesis. Domperidone has been successfully used in the United States and in many countries as a second-line treatment option for the treatment of gastroparesis.
Synthesis of domperidone (7.1.6) started with arylation of ethyl 4-aminopiperidine-1-carboxylate (7.1.28) with 1,4-dichloro-2-nitrobenzene (7.1.29) on heating at 150°C in cyclohexanol in the presence of sodium carbonate and potassium iodide (in a later disclosure in toluene in presence of sodium carbonate [62]) to give compound (7.1.30), which on reflux in 48% hydrobromic acid solution yielded N-(4-chloro-2-nitrophenyl)piperidin-4-amine (7.1.31). The obtained product was alkylated with 1-(3-chloropropyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-benzo[d]imidazol-2-one (7.1.32) on reflux in MBIK in the presence of sodium carbonate and potassium iodide to give compound (7.1.33). The ring closure could be effected by heating o-phenylene diamine (7.1.33) with an appropriate cyclizing agent, such as phosgene, urea, potassium isocyanate [63], and the like. In this patent potassium isocyanate dissolved in water was carefully added to a solution of compound (7.1.34) in 10 N hydrochloric acid solution (exothermic reaction) to give desired domperidone (7.1.6) [64,65] (Scheme 7.4).
Medical uses
Nausea and vomiting
There is some evidence that domperidone has antiemetic activity.[10] It is recommended by the Canadian Headache Society for treatment of nausea associated with acute migraine.[11]
Gastroparesis
Gastroparesis is a medical condition characterised by delayed emptying of the stomach when there is no mechanical gastric outlet obstruction. Its cause is most commonly idiopathic, a diabetic complication or a result of abdominal surgery. The condition causes nausea, vomiting, fullness after eating, early satiety (feeling full before the meal is finished), abdominal pain and bloating.
However, increased rate of gastric emptying induced by drugs like domperidone does not always correlate (equate) well with relief of symptoms.[14]
Parkinson’s disease
Parkinson’s disease is a chronic neurological condition where a decrease in dopamine in the brain leads to rigidity (stiffness of movement), tremor and other symptoms and signs. Poor gastrointestinal function, nausea and vomiting is a major problem for people with Parkinson’s disease because most medications used to treat Parkinson’s disease are given by mouth. These medications, such as levodopa, can cause nausea as a side effect. Furthermore, anti-nausea drugs, such as metoclopramide, which do cross the blood–brain barrier may worsen the extra-pyramidal symptoms of Parkinson’s disease.
Domperidone can be used to relieve gastrointestinal symptoms in Parkinson’s disease; it blocks peripheral D2 receptors but does not cross the blood–brain barrier in normal doses (the barrier between the blood circulation of the brain and the rest of the body) so has no effect on the extrapyramidal symptoms of the disease.[15]
The hormone prolactin stimulates lactation (production of breast milk). Dopamine, released by the hypothalamus stops the release of prolactin from the pituitary gland. Domperidone, by acting as an anti-dopaminergic agent, results in increased prolactin secretion, and thus promotes lactation (that is, it is a galactogogue). Domperidone moderately increases the volume of expressed breast milk in mothers of preterm babies where breast milk expression was inadequate, and appears to be safe for short-term use for this purpose.[18][19][20] In the United States, domperidone is not approved for this or any other use.[21][22]
A study called the EMPOWER trial was designed to assess the effectiveness and safety of domperidone in assisting mothers of preterm babies to supply breast milk for their infants.[23] The study randomized 90 mothers of preterm babies to receive either domperidone 10 mg orally three times daily for 28 days (Group A) or placebo 10 mg orally three times daily for 14 days followed by domperidone 10 mg orally three times daily for 14 days (Group B). Mean milk volumes at the beginning of the intervention were similar between the 2 groups. After the first 14 days, 78% of mothers receiving domperidone (Group A) achieved a 50% increase in milk volume, while 58% of mothers receiving placebo (Group B) achieved a 50% increase in milk volume.[24]
To induce lactation, domperidone is used at a dosage of 10 to 20 mg 3 or 4 times per day by mouth.[25] Effects may be seen within 24 hours or may not be seen for 3 or 4 days.[25] The maximum effect occurs after 2 or 3 weeks of treatment, and the treatment period generally lasts for 3 to 8 weeks.[25] A 2012 review shows that no studies support prophylactic use of a galactagogue medication at any stage of pregnancy, including domperidone.[26]
Reflux in children
Domperidone has been found effective in the treatment of reflux in children.[27] However some specialists consider its risks prohibitory of the treatment of infantile reflux.[28]
Domperidone use is associated with an increased risk of sudden cardiac death (by 70%)[33] most likely through its prolonging effect of the cardiac QT interval and ventricular arrhythmias.[34][35] The cause is thought to be blockade of hERGvoltage-gated potassium channels.[36][37] The risks are dose-dependent, and appear to be greatest with high/very high doses via intravenous administration and in the elderly, as well as with drugs that interact with domperidone and increase its circulating concentrations (namely CYP3A4 inhibitors).[38][39] Conflicting reports exist, however.[40] In neonates and infants, QT prolongation is controversial and uncertain.[41][42]
UK drug regulatory authorities (MHRA) have issued the following restriction on domperidone in 2014 due to increased risk of adverse cardiac effects:
Domperidone (Motilium) is associated with a small increased risk of serious cardiac side effects. Its use is now restricted to the relief of nausea and vomiting and the dosage and duration of use have been reduced. It should no longer be used for the treatment of bloating and heartburn. Domperidone is now contraindicated in those with underlying cardiac conditions and other risk factors. Patients with these conditions and patients receiving long-term treatment with domperidone should be reassessed at a routine appointment, in light of the new advice.
However, a 2015 Australian review concluded the following:[39]
Based on the results of the two TQT (the regulatory agency gold standard for assessment of QT prolongation) domperidone does not appear to be strongly associated with QT prolongation at oral doses of 20 mg QID in healthy volunteers. Further, there are limited case reports supporting an association with cardiac dysfunction, and the frequently cited case-control studies have significant flaws. While there remains an ill-defined risk at higher systemic concentrations, especially in patients with a higher baseline risk of QT prolongation, our review does not support the view that domperidone presents intolerable risk.
In healthy volunteers, ketoconazole increased the Cmax and AUC concentrations of domperidone by 3- to 10-fold.[44] This was accompanied by a QT interval prolongation of about 10–20 milliseconds when domperidone 10 mg four times daily and ketoconazole 200 mg twice daily were administered, whereas domperidone by itself at the dosage assessed produced no such effect.[44] As such, domperidone with ketoconazole or other CYP3A4 inhibitors is a potentially dangerous combination.[44]
A single 20 mg oral dose of domperidone has been found to increase mean serum prolactin levels (measured 90 minutes post-administration) in non-lactating women from 8.1 ng/mL to 110.9 ng/mL (a 13.7-fold increase).[7][48][49][50] This was similar to the increase in prolactin levels produced by a single 20 mg oral dose of metoclopramide (7.4 ng/mL to 124.1 ng/mL; 16.7-fold increase).[49][50] After two weeks of chronic administration (30 mg/day in both cases), the increase in prolactin levels produced by domperidone was reduced (53.2 ng/mL; 6.6-fold above baseline), but the increase in prolactin levels produced by metoclopramide, conversely, was heightened (179.6 ng/mL; 24.3-fold above baseline).[7][50] This indicates that acute and chronic administration of both domperidone and metoclopramide is effective in increasing prolactin levels, but that there are differential effects on the secretion of prolactin with chronic treatment.[49][50] The mechanism of the difference is unknown.[50] The increase in prolactin levels observed with the two drugs was, as expected, much greater in women than in men.[49][50] This appears to be due to the higher estrogen levels in women, as estrogen stimulates prolactin secretion.[51]
For comparison, normal prolactin levels in women are less than 20 ng/mL, prolactin levels peak at 100 to 300 ng/mL at parturition in pregnant women, and in lactating women, prolactin levels have been found to be 90 ng/mL at 10 days postpartum and 44 ng/mL at 180 days postpartum.[52][53]
1978 – On 3 January 1978 Domperidone was patented in the United States under patent US4066772 A. The application has been filed on 17 May 1976. Jan Vandenberk, Ludo E. J. Kennis, Marcel J. M. C. Van der Aa and others has been cited as the inventors.
1979 – Domperidone marketed under trade name “Motilium” in Switzerland and (Western) Germany.[61]
Janssen Pharmaceutical has brought domperidone before the United States Federal Drug Administration (FDA) several times, including in the 1990s.
2014 – In April 2014 Co-ordination Group for Mutual Recognition and Decentralised Procedures – Human (CMDh) published official press-release suggesting to restrict the use of domperidone-containing medicines. It also approved earlier published suggestions by Pharmacovigilance Risk Assessment Committee (PRAC) to use domperidone only for curing nausea and vomiting and reduce maximum daily dosage to 10 mg.[9]
It was reported in 2007 that domperidone is available in 58 countries, including Canada,[65] but the uses or indications of domperidone vary between nations. In Italy it is used in the treatment of gastroesophageal reflux disease and in Canada, the drug is indicated in upper gastrointestinal motility disorders and to prevent gastrointestinal symptoms associated with the use of dopamine agonist antiparkinsonian agents.[66] In the United Kingdom, domperidone is only indicated for the treatment of nausea and vomiting and the treatment duration is usually limited to 1 week.
In the United States, domperidone is not currently a legally marketed human drug and it is not approved for sale in the U.S. On 7 June 2004, FDA issued a public warning that distributing any domperidone-containing products is illegal.[67]
It is available over-the-counter to treat gastroesophageal reflux and functional dyspepsia in many countries, such as Ireland, the Netherlands, Italy, South Africa, Mexico, Chile, and China.[68]
Domperidone is not generally approved for use in the United States. There is an exception for use in people with treatment-refractory gastrointestinal symptoms under an FDA Investigational New Drug application.[1]
^ Jump up to:abcdefghijklmnopqrs Reddymasu, Savio C.; Soykan, Irfan; McCallum, Richard W. (2007). “Domperidone: Review of Pharmacology and Clinical Applications in Gastroenterology”. The American Journal of Gastroenterology. 102 (9): 2036–2045. ISSN0002-9270. PMID17488253.
^“БРЮЛІУМ ЛІНГВАТАБС” [BRULIUM LINGUATABS]. Нормативно-директивні документи МОЗ України (in Ukrainian). 18 March 2014. Retrieved 29 May 2015.
^ Jump up to:ab Reddymasu SC, Soykan I, McCallum RW. (2007). “Domperidone: review of pharmacology and clinical applications in gastroenterology”. Am J Gastroenterol. 102 (9): 2036–45. PMID17488253.
^ Stevens JE, Jones KL, Rayner CK, Horowitz M (June 2013). “Pathophysiology and pharmacotherapy of gastroparesis: current and future perspectives”. Expert Opinion on Pharmacotherapy. 14(9): 1171–86. doi:10.1517/14656566.2013.795948. PMID23663133. S2CID23526883.
^ Silvers D, Kipnes M, Broadstone V, Patterson D, Quigley EM, McCallum R, Leidy NK, Farup C, Liu Y, Joslyn A (1998). “Domperidone in the management of symptoms of diabetic gastroparesis: efficacy, tolerability, and quality-of-life outcomes in a multicenter controlled trial. DOM-USA-5 Study Group”. Clinical Therapeutics. 20 (3): 438–53. doi:10.1016/S0149-2918(98)80054-4. PMID9663360.
^ Janssen P, Harris MS, Jones M, Masaoka T, Farré R, Törnblom H, Van Oudenhove L, Simrén M, Tack J (September 2013). “The relation between symptom improvement and gastric emptying in the treatment of diabetic and idiopathic gastroparesis”. The American Journal of Gastroenterology. 108 (9): 1382–91. doi:10.1038/ajg.2013.118. PMID24005344. S2CID32835351.
^ Grzeskowiak LE, Lim SW, Thomas AE, Ritchie U, Gordon AL (February 2013). “Audit of domperidone use as a galactogogue at an Australian tertiary teaching hospital”. Journal of Human Lactation. 29 (1): 32–7. doi:10.1177/0890334412459804. hdl:2440/94368. PMID23015150. S2CID26535783.
^ Donovan TJ, Buchanan K (2012). “Medications for increasing milk supply in mothers expressing breastmilk for their preterm hospitalised infants”. The Cochrane Database of Systematic Reviews. 3 (3): CD005544. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD005544.pub2. PMID22419310.
^ Asztalos EV, Campbell-Yeo M, da Silva OP, Ito S, Kiss A, Knoppert D, et al. (EMPOWER Study Collaborative Group) (2017). “Enhancing human milk production with Domperidone in mothers of preterm infants”. Journal of Human Lactation. 33 (1): 181–187. doi:10.1177/0890334416680176. PMID28107101. S2CID39041713.
^ Leelakanok N, Holcombe A, Schweizer ML (2015). “Domperidone and Risk of Ventricular Arrhythmia and Cardiac Death: A Systematic Review and Meta-analysis”. Clin Drug Investig. 36 (2): 97–107. doi:10.1007/s40261-015-0360-0. PMID26649742. S2CID25601738.
^ van Noord C, Dieleman JP, van Herpen G, Verhamme K, Sturkenboom MC (November 2010). “Domperidone and ventricular arrhythmia or sudden cardiac death: a population-based case-control study in the Netherlands”. Drug Safety. 33 (11): 1003–14. doi:10.2165/11536840-000000000-00000. PMID20925438. S2CID21177240.
^ Johannes CB, Varas-Lorenzo C, McQuay LJ, Midkiff KD, Fife D (September 2010). “Risk of serious ventricular arrhythmia and sudden cardiac death in a cohort of users of domperidone: a nested case-control study”. Pharmacoepidemiology and Drug Safety. 19(9): 881–8. doi:10.1002/pds.2016. PMID20652862. S2CID20323199.
^ Jump up to:ab Buffery PJ, Strother RM (2015). “Domperidone safety: a mini-review of the science of QT prolongation and clinical implications of recent global regulatory recommendations”. N. Z. Med. J. 128(1416): 66–74. PMID26117678.
^ Djeddi D, Kongolo G, Lefaix C, Mounard J, Léké A (November 2008). “Effect of domperidone on QT interval in neonates”. The Journal of Pediatrics. 153 (5): 663–6. doi:10.1016/j.jpeds.2008.05.013. PMID18589449.
^ Sakamoto Y, Kato S, Sekino Y, Sakai E, Uchiyama T, Iida H, Hosono K, Endo H, Fujita K, Koide T, Takahashi H, Yoneda M, Tokoro C, Goto A, Abe Y, Kobayashi N, Kubota K, Maeda S, Nakajima A, Inamori M (2011). “Effects of domperidone on gastric emptying: a crossover study using a continuous real-time 13C breath test (BreathID system)”. Hepato-gastroenterology. 58 (106): 637–41. PMID21661445.
^ Parkman HP, Jacobs MR, Mishra A, Hurdle JA, Sachdeva P, Gaughan JP, Krynetskiy E (January 2011). “Domperidone treatment for gastroparesis: demographic and pharmacogenetic characterization of clinical efficacy and side-effects”. Digestive Diseases and Sciences. 56 (1): 115–24. doi:10.1007/s10620-010-1472-2. PMID21063774. S2CID39632855.
^ Jump up to:abcdef Brouwers JR, Assies J, Wiersinga WM, Huizing G, Tytgat GN (1980). “Plasma prolactin levels after acute and subchronic oral administration of domperidone and of metoclopramide: a cross-over study in healthy volunteers”. Clin. Endocrinol. 12 (5): 435–40. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2265.1980.tb02733.x. PMID7428183. S2CID27266775.
^Hospital Formulary. HFM Publishing Corporation. 1991. p. 171. Domperidone, a benzimidazole derivative, is structurally related to the butyrophenone tranquilizers (eg, haloperidol (Haldol, Halperon]).
^ Jump up to:abc Sneader, Walter (2005). “Plant Product Analogues and Compounds Derived from Them”. Drug discovery : a history. Chichester: John Wiley & Sons Ltd. p. 125. ISBN978-0-471-89979-2.
^“Domperidone”. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Encyclopedia, 3rd Edition (Vol. 1-4). William Andrew Publishing. 2013. p. 138. ISBN9780815518563. Retrieved 12 December 2014.
^ Reddymasu SC, Soykan I, McCallum RW (2007). “Domperidone: review of pharmacology and clinical applications in gastroenterology”. Am. J. Gastroenterol. 102 (9): 2036–45. PMID17488253.
^ Hofmeyr, G. J.; Van Iddekinge, B.; Van Der Walt, L. A. (2009). “Effect of domperidone-induced hyperprolactinaemia on the menstrual cycle; a placebo-controlled study”. Journal of Obstetrics and Gynaecology. 5 (4): 263–264. doi:10.3109/01443618509067772. ISSN0144-3615.
UK: POM (Prescription only)US: Not approved for use or salePrescription medicine (Rx only):Pakistan, India, Australia, Canada, Israel, Belgium, France, Netherlands; over-the-counter: Egypt, Ireland, Italy, Japan, South Africa, Switzerland, Kuwait, China, Russia, Slovakia, Ukraine[2] Mexico, Thailand, Malta, South Korea, and Romania[3]
Hydroxypioglitazone is a member of the class of thiazolidenediones that is the hydroxy derivative of pioglitazone. It has a role as a human xenobiotic metabolite. It is a member of thiazolidinediones, a member of pyridines and an aromatic ether. It derives from a pioglitazone.
OriginatorIDIBELL
DeveloperMinoryx Therapeutics
ClassNeuroprotectants; Phenyl ethers; Pyridines; Small molecules; Thiazolidinediones
Mechanism of ActionPeroxisome proliferator-activated receptor gamma agonists
Orphan Drug StatusYes – Adrenoleucodystrophy; Friedreich’s ataxia
Phase II/IIIAdrenoleucodystrophy
Phase IIFriedreich’s ataxia
PreclinicalCNS disorders
23 Sep 2020Leriglitazone receives Rare Pediatric Disease designation from the US FDA for X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy before September 2020
23 Sep 2020Minoryx Therapeutics licenses leriglitazone to Sperogenix Therapeutics in China, Hong Kong and Macau for X-linked adrenoleukodystrophy (X-ALD)
14 Sep 2020Minoryx Therapeutics completes the phase II FRAMES trial in Friedreich’s ataxia (In adolescents, In adults) in Spain, Germany, France and Belgium (PO) (NCT03917225)
Leriglitazone (Hydroxypioglitazone), a metabolite of pioglitazone. Leriglitazone (Hydroxypioglitazone) PioOH is a PPARγ agonist, stabilizes the PPARγ activation function-2 (AF-2) co-activator binding surface and enhances co-activator binding, affording slightly better transcriptional efficacy. Leriglitazone (Hydroxypioglitazone) binds to the PPARγ C-terminal ligand-binding domain (LBD) with Ki of 1.2 μM，induces transcriptional efficacy of the PPARγ (LBD) with EC50 of 680 nM.
Leriglitazone is under investigation in clinical trial NCT03917225 (A Clinical Study to Evaluate the Effect of MIN-102 on the Progression of Friedreich’s Ataxia in Male and Female Patients).
Treatment of X-Linked Adrenoleukodystrophy
PATENT
WO 9218501
WO 9322445
PAPER
Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin (1995), 43(12), 2168-72
The metabolites of (±)-5-[p-[2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridyl)ethoxy]benzyl]-2, 4-thiazolidinedione (1, pioglitazone), which is a representative insulin-sensitizing agent, were synthesized to confirm their structures and for studies of their pharmacological properties. Of the metabolites identified, a compound hydroxylated at the 2-position of the ethoxy chain (3) and compounds oxygenated at the ethyl side chain attached to the pyridine ring (4, 5) were found to be active, although the potency was slightly lower than that of the parent compound.
PAPER
Journal of Medicinal Chemistry (1996), 39(26), 5053-5063.
Pioglitazone (5-(4-(2-(5-ethyl-2-pyridyl)ethoxy)benzyl)-2,4-thiazolidinedione, 2) is a prototypical antidiabetic thiazolidinedione that had been evaluated for possible clinical development. Metabolites 6−9 have been identified after dosing of rats and dogs. Ketone 10 has not yet been identified as a metabolite but has been added to the list as a putative metabolite by analogy to alcohol 6 and ketone 7. We have developed improved syntheses of pioglitazone (2) metabolites 6−9 and the putative metabolite ketone 10. These entities have been compared in the KKAy mouse model of human type-II diabetes to pioglitazone (2). Ketone 10 has proven to be the most potent of these thiazolidinediones in this in vivo assay. When 6−10 were compared in vitro in the 3T3-L1 cell line to 2, for their ability to augment insulin-stimulated lipogenesis, 10 was again the most potent compound with 6, 7, and 9 roughly equivalent to 2. These data suggest that metabolites 6, 7, and 9 are likely to contribute to the pharmacological activity of pioglitazone (2), as had been previously reported for ciglitazone (1).
PATENT
WO 2015150476
Compound 5-[4-[2-(5-(1 -hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl)ethoxy]benzyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione of formula (1 ) can be prepared according to Scheme 1 (see e.g. J.Med.Chem. 1996, 39(26),5053).
Yet another method to prepare mixtures (c) – comprising compound (2) and (4) – and (d) – comprising compounds (3) and (5) – (scheme 3), includes the resolution of the racemic mixture VIII using the already described methods (chiral HPLC separation, enzymatic resolution, chiral resolution, etc) followed by double bond reduction in each of the enantiomers Villa and Vlllb.
Scheme 4
Compounds of formula (2), (3), (4) and (5) may be obtained from mixtures (c) and (d) (Scheme 45) by chiral HPLC separation. Alternatively, the desired enantiomerically pure compounds can be prepared by chiral synthetic procedures known to those skilled in the art (for example: asymmetric hydrogenolysis of the corresponding single isomer of compound VI).
HPLC Method
Column: Symmetry Shield RP-18, 5 μηη (4.6 x 250 mm); wavelength: 210 nm; flow: 1 mL/min; run time: 28 min; mobile phase-gradient: (t/%B): 0/10, 8/10, 12/60, 16/80, 20/80, 24/10, 28/10 [A: Water (potassium dihydrogen o-phosphate (pH~3)), B: Acetonitrile]
A mixture of compounds (2) and (4) (mixture (c)) and a mixture of compounds (3) and (5) (mixture (d)) were prepared according to Scheme 7.
Example 6: Preparation of diastereomeric mixtures D-1 and D-2 of M-IV:
Scheme 1 :
Ent-1 (VIII) Ent-2 (VIII)
Step 3 Step 3
MIV D-1 MIV D-2
Step 1 : Synthesis of compound VIII: HCI (48 ml, 2N) was added to a solution of compound VI (10 g, 0.024 mol) in methanol (200 ml) and the mixture was heated to reflux. After 4 h of reflux, the reaction mixture was cooled to r.t. and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a yellow solid. The solid was suspended in water (70 ml) and neutralized using a saturated NaHC03 solution. The resulting pale yellow precipitate was collected by filtration and vacuum dried to afford compound VIII (7.5 g; 84% yield).
ES-MS [M+1]+: 371.0.
Step 2: Chiral prep. HPLC
Compound VIII (1 .0 g) was dissolved in a mixture containing equal volumes of acetonitrile, methanol and dichloromethane; injected (150 μΙ injections) in chiral prep-HPLC column (Chiralpak-IA 250 x 20 mm, 5 micron) and separated [Mobile phase- n-Hexane/0.05% Et3N in EtOH (50:50); flow Rate: 18ml/min; run time: 60 min]. The fractions containing the enantiomers Villa and Vlllb were separately concentrated under reduced pressure to minimum volume and the respective residues were diluted with EtOAc (100 ml), followed by water (50 ml). The resultant organic phases were
dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to afford compounds Villa and Vlllb as off-white solids. Enantiomers Villa and Vlllb were isolated but the absolute configuration of each enantiomer has not been determined.
Step 3: A solution of NaBH4 (77 mg, 2.02 mmol) in 0.1 N NaOH (2 ml) was added slowly to a stirred solution of compound Ent-1 (VIII) (250 mg, 0.675 mmol), dimethylglyoxime (32 mg, 0.27 mmol) and CoCI2.6H20 (16 mg, 0.067 mmol) in a mixture of water (10 ml), THF (10 ml) and 1 M NaOH (0.5ml) solution at 10 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. After color of the reaction medium faded, additional quantity of NaBH4 (26 mg, 0.675 mmol) and CoCI2.6H20 (16 mg, 0.067 mmol) were added and stirring was continued at r.t. [additional quantities of CoC|2 and NaBH4 were added at 12 h intervals till the starting material was consumed, as monitored by LCMS]. After 90-96 h, the reaction mixture was neutralized with AcOH (pH~7); diluted with water (10 ml) and extracted in EtOAc (3 χ 50 ml). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to afford crude compound which was purified by flash column chromatography (Si02; 4% methanol in CH2CI2) to afford diastereomeric mixture of MIV D-1 (125 mg) as off-white solid.
Synthesis of D-2 MIV
Step 3: A solution of NaBH4 (72 mg, 1 .921 mmol) in 0.1 N NaOH (2 ml) was added slowly to a stirred solution of compound Ent-2 (VIII) (237 mg, 0.64 mmol), dimethylglyoxime (30 mg, 0.256 mmol) and CoCI2.6H20 (15 mg, 0.064 mmol) in a mixture of water (10 ml), THF (10 ml), and 1 M NaOH (0.5ml) solution at 10 °C, and the
reaction mixture was stirred at r.t. for 1 h. After color of the reaction medium faded, additional quantity of NaBH4 (24 mg, 0.64 mmol) and CoCI2.6H20 (15 mg, 0.064 mmol) were added and stirring was continued at r.t. [additional quantities of CoCI2.6H20 and NaBH4 were added at 12 h intervals till the starting material was consumed, as monitored by LCMS]. After 96 h, the reaction mixture was neutralized with AcOH (pH~7); diluted with water (10 ml) and extracted in EtOAc (3 χ 50 ml). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous Na2S04 and concentrated to afford crude compound, which was purified by flash column chromatography (Si02; 4% methanol in CH2CI2) to afford diastereomeric mixture of MIV D-2 (100 mg) as off-white solid.
Diastereomeric mixtures D-1 and D-2 of MIV correspond to mixtures (c) and (d) described above, but the specific diastereomers present in each diastereomeric mixture have not been assigned.
Example 7: in vitro ADME and toxicological characterization
Protocol: The assays performed include cytochrome P450 inhibition with the different isoforms, microsomal and hepatocyte stability, neurotoxicity in neural cells and hERG safety assays using a patch clamp electrophysiology measurement (FDA Draft Guidance for Industry. Drug Interaction Studies – Study Design, Data Analysis, Implications for Dosing, and Labelling Recommendations 2012, The European Medicines Agency (EMA) Guideline on the Investigation of Drug Interactions Adopted in 2012, Schroeder K et al. 2003 J Biomol Screen 8 (1 ); 50-64, Barter ZE et al. 2007
Curr Drug Metab 8 (1 ); 33-45, LeCluyse EL and Alexandre E 2010 Methods Mol Biol 640; 57-82). The results indicate a safe and favourable ADME profile for the compounds of the invention.
Example 8: The brain plasma ratios of Pioglitazone, MIV, Mill and Mil following oral dosing of a single administration of Pioglitazone at 4.5 mg/kg in male C57BL/6 mice.
The brain-plasma ratio was calculated based on levels of Pioglitazone, MIV, Mill and Mllin plasma and brain quantified at C max (maximal concentration) following oral dosing of a single administration of Pioglitazone at 4.5 mg/kg in male C57BL/6 mice. The percentage brain plasma ratio was 9, 13, 7 and 1 %, respectively, for Pioglitazone, Mil and Mill as shown in the Figure 4. Thus, active metabolites Mill and Mil crossed the BBB at much lower extent than Pioglitazone as it was predicted based on the physicochemical properties of the compounds (see Tablel ). In contrast, unexpectedly metabolite MIV crossed the BBB in a higher percentage than the parent compound Piolgitazone
The calculations of the both indexes (ClogP and QPIogBB) for Pioglitazone and its metabolites Mil and Mill are shown in Table 1 . For both indexes the 2 metabolites are lower than for pioglitazone, suggesting for Mil, and Mill a less favored penetration and distribution within CNS.
TABLE 1
PATENT
WO 2018116281
https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2018116281A1/enPioglitazone is a “dirty” drug which is converted to many metabolites in vivo. The metabolic pathway of pioglitazone after oral administration has been studied in several animal species and in humans and the metabolites have been described in the literature (see e.g. Sohda et al, Chem. Pharm. Bull., 1995, 43(12), 2168-2172) and Maeshiba et al, Arzneim.-Forsch/Drug Res, 1997, 47 (I), 29-35). At least six metabolites have been identified, named M-I to M-VI. Amongst these metabolites, M-II, M-III and M-IV show some pharmacological activity but are less active than Pioglitazone in diabetic preclinical models.
[0005] 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4- thiazolidinedione has the following structure:
[0006] Tanis et al. (J. Med. Chem. 39(26 ):5053-5063 (1996)) describe the synthesis of 5-[[4-[2-[5-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione as follows:Scheme 1
[0007] Tanis et al. describe that the intermediate 14 was obtained in a 27% yield by reacting compound 13 in an aqueous 37% formaldehyde at 170°C for 6 hours. In this process, 5-[[4- [2-[5-( 1 -hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione (compound 6 in Scheme 1) was obtained in a 2.47% overall yield.[0008] WO 2015/150476 Al describes the use of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2- pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts, in the treatment of central nervous system (CNS) disorders. WO 2015/150476 Al describes that 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4- thiazolidinedione was prepared according to the process of Tanis et al. (supra) where the intermediate corresponding to compound 14 of Tanis et al. was prepared similarly at 160°C for 5 hours providing a 17% yield. The overall yield of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2- pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione was about 1.5%.[0009] Due to the low yield of the intermediate 2-[5-(l-methoxymethoxy-ethyl)pyridine-2- yl]ethanol, the process step for preparing this intermediate is critical for the overall yield of the product, 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4- thiazolidinedione. In addition, the prior art process to obtain compound 14 is difficult to scale because the reaction is carried out in a pressure vessel at a very high temperature and it is a very dirty reaction.[0010] Accordingly, the processes described in the art afford the product 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l- hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione only in a very low overall yield and, therefore, they are not suitable for large scale synthesis. In addition, the prior art process employs CH3OCH2CI, a known carcinogen, for protecting the hydroxyl group in the key intermediate. There is a need for an improved process for synthesizing 5- [[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione, and its pharmaceutically acceptable salts.Formula I illustrated by Scheme 2:Scheme 2 r
B
deprotectionoptional saltformation
I (HCI salt)[0255] In another embodiment, the disclosure provides a process for preparing the compound of Formula I illustrated by Scheme 3 : Scheme 3C
Br. e
step ‘< step b step c
step step g
[0256] In another embodiment in Scheme 3, step c, the order of mixing of the reagents can be as follows: 1. n-BuLi, 2. ethylene oxide, and 3. Cul. This order of mixing is described in Example 2.[0257] In the step a, 2,5-dibromopyridine (1) is reacted with i-PrMgCl in THF and then further with acetaldehyde to obtain compound 2. The reaction mixture is preferably filtered over Celite® after the reaction to remove most of the salts. In one embodiment, the addition of acetaldehyde is conducted at a temperature between -15°C and -10°C to control the exothermic reaction. [0258] In the step b, compound 2 is reacted with TBDMS-C1 in the presence of imidazole having DMF as a solvent. The crude product 3 is advantageously purified by a short plug filtration.[0259] In the step c, the hydroxyl protected compound 3 is reacted with ethylene oxide in the presence of n-BuLi and Cu(I)iodide while maintaining the reaction temperature, i.e., the reaction mixture temperature, below -20°C. In one embodiment, the reaction temperature is maintained below -55°C while adding n-BuLi and Cu(I)iodide into the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the temperature of the reaction mixture is maintained below -55°C while adding n-BuLi, followed by ethylene oxide and then Cu(I)iodide into the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the temperature of the reaction mixture is maintained below -55°C while adding n-BuLi into the reaction mixture, followed by ethylene oxide. In this embodiment, Cu(I)iodide is added then into the reaction mixture while the reaction mixture temperature is maintained below -20°C, and preferably below -55 °C. The reaction mixture is then allowed to slowly warm to room temperature after the addition of the reagents and stirred at room temperature, e.g., 20-25°C, overnight. This process is described in detail in Example 2. After the reaction, the complexed copper is advantageously removed by washing with 10% ammonia. The crude compound 4 can be purified by column chromatography to give >99% pure product with a yield of about 52%.[0260] The following examples are illustrative, but not limiting, of the methods of the present invention. Suitable modifications and adaptations of the variety of conditions and parameters normally encountered in clinical therapy and which are obvious to those skilled in the art in view of this disclosure are within the spirit and scope of the invention.ExamplesCOMPARATIVE EXAMPLE 1Synthesis of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]- 2,4-thiazolidinedione (9a) according to the process described in WO 2015/150476 Al Scheme 4
8a 9a[0261] (a) Synthesis of l-(6-methyl-pyridin-3-yl)-ethanol (3a)[0262] LiHMDS (1.0 M in tetrahydrofuran, 463 ml, 0.463 mol) was added drop wise to a cooled solution of methyl 6-methylnicotinate (la) (20 g, 0.132 mol) and ethyl acetate (82 g, 0.927 mol) in dimethylformamide at -50°C; gradually raised the temperature to room temperature and stirred at the same temperature. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0°C; slowly diluted with 20% sulphuric acid and heated to reflux. After 4 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and further to 0°C and basified with potassium carbonate. The reaction medium was diluted with water and extracted in ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). Combined organic extract was dried over sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford crude l-(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)ethan-l-one (2a) (20.0 g) which was taken to the next step without any purification. ES-MS [M+l]+: 136.1.Sodium borohydride (2.3 g, 0.06 mol) was added in small portions over 30 min, to a solution of compound 2a (16.4 g, 0.121 mol) in ethanol (160 mL) at 0°C and the reaction mixture was stirred at same temperature. After 1 h, the reaction mixture was diluted with sodium bicarbonate solution (sat) (2×200 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (2×500 mL). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford a pale yellow oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography (5% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford compound 3a (17.0 g; 93% yield over 2 steps) as a pale yellow oil. ES-MS [M+l]+: 138.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.35 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.12 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.89 (q, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 3.30 (br s, 1H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).[0263] (b) Synthesis of 5-(l-methoxymethoxy-ethyl)-2-methyl-pyridine (4a):Compound 3a (15 g, 0.109 mol) was added, drop wise, to a cooled suspension of sodium hydride (6.56 g, 0.164 mol) in tetrahydrofurane (150 mL) and stirred at 0°C. After 30 min, chloromethyl methyl ether (13.2 g, 0.164 mol) was added drop wise while stirring and keeping the internal temperature around 0°C. After addition is over, the reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 h. The reaction was quenched with ice cold water (80 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford an orange color oil, which was purified by flash column chromatography (1% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford compound 4a (10.0 g; 51% yield) as a pale yellow oil. ES-MS [M+l]+: 182.2. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.45 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.14 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.75 (q, J = 6.4 Hz, 1H), 4.57 (ABq, 2H), 3.36 (s, 3H), 2.53 (s, 3H), 1.48 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 3H).[0264] (c) Synthesis of 2-[5-(l-methoxymethoxy-ethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethanol (5a):A mixture of compound 4a (7.0 g, 0.0386 mol) and 37% formaldehyde solution (5.8 g, 0.077 mol) was heated to 160°C in a sealed glass tube for 5 h. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude compound which was purified by flash column chromatography (1% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford compound 5 (1.2 g; 17% yield) as pale yellow oil. ES-MS [M+l]+: 212.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.42 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.25 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4.72 (q, J = 6.6 Hz, 1H), 4.65 (t, J = 5.6 Hz, 1H), 4.52 (ABq, 2H), 3.73 (m, 2H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 2.86 (t, J = 7.2 Hz, 2H), 1.49 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).[0265] The total yield for compound 5a from compound la was 8% molar.[0266] (d) Synthesis of 4-{2-[5-(l-methoxymethoxy-ethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}- benzaldehyde (6a): Methanesulphonylchloride (1.19 g, 0.01 mol) was added, drop wise, to a cooled suspension of compound 5a (1.7 g, 0.008 mol) and triethylamine (1.79 ml, 0.013 mol) in dichloromefhane (20 mL) at 0°C and stirred at same temperature for 1 h. The reaction mixture was diluted with water (50 mL) and extracted with dichloromethane (3×50 mL). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford 2-(5-(l-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate (2.04 g; 88% yield) as a yellow oil, which was taken to next step without purification. ES-MS [M+l]+: 290.[0267] 2-(5-(l-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethyl methanesulfonate was added (2.3 g, 0.008 mol) to a stirred suspension of 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (1.65 g, 0.0137 mol) and potassium carbonate (1.86 g, 0.0137 mol) in mixture of toluene (25 mL) and ethanol (25 mL); stirred at 85°C for 5 h. After consumption of the starting materials, the reaction mixture was diluted with water (30 mL) and extracted with ethyl acetate (2×100 mL). The combined organic extract was washed with water; dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford a crude dark yellow liquid. The crude was purified by flash column chromatography (1% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford compound 6a (1.5 g; 60% yield) as pale yellow liquid. ES-MS [M+l]+: 316.1.[0268] (e) Synthesis of 5-(4-{2-[5-(l-methoxymethoxy-ethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}- benzylidene)-thiazolidine-2,4-dione (7a):Piperidine (80 mg, 0.95 mmol) was added to a solution of compound 6a (0.6 g, 1.9 mmol) and thiazolidine-2,4-dione (0.22 g, 1.9 mmol) in ethanol (15 mL) and the mixture was heated to reflux overnight. After 15 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford crude mixture, which was purified by flash column chromatography (2% methanol/dichloromethane) to afford compound 7 (500 mg; 64% yield) as a yellow solid. ES-MS [M+l]+: 415.1. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6): δ 12.25 (br s, 1H), 8.47 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.70 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, 2H), 4.73 (m, 1H), 4.60-4.40 (m, 4H), 4.22 (t, J = 6.2 Hz, 1H), 3.24 (s, 3H), 3.20 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 1.41 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 3H).[0269] (f) Synthesis of 5-(4-{2-[5-(l-hydroxy-ethyl)-pyridin-2-yl]-ethoxy}-benzyl)- thiazolidine-2,4-dione (9a): [0270] A solution of sodium borohydride (115 mg, 3.017 mmol) in 0.2N sodium hydroxide(1.2 mL) was added slowly to a stirred solution of compound 7 (0.5 g, 1.207 mmol), dimethylglyoxime (42 mg, 0.36 mmol) and C0CI2.6H2O (23 mg, 0.096 mmol) in a mixture of water (6 mL): tetrahydrofurane (6 mL) and 1M sodium hydroxide (1 mL) solution at 10°C and after addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. After 1 h, the reaction color lightened and additional quantities of sodium borohydride (46 mg, 1.207 mmol) and C0CI2.6H2O (22 mg, 0.096 mmol) were added and stirring was continued at room temperature. After 12 h, the reaction was neutralized with acetic acid (pH~7); diluted with water (10 mL) and extracted in ethyl acetate (3×50 mL). The combined organic extract was dried over anhydrous sodium sulphate and concentrated to afford crude compound 8a, 5-(4- (2-(5-(l-(methoxymethoxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethoxy)benzyl)thiazolidine-2,4-dione, (0.4 g) as pale yellow semi solid, which was taken to next step without purification. ES-MS [M+l]+: 417.5.[0271] 2N HC1 (2 mL) was added to a solution of compound 8a (0.4 g, 0.96 mmol) in methanol (20 ml) and the mixture was heated to reflux. After 4 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a residue which was dissolved in water and the solution was neutralized using sodium bicarbonate solution (sat). The resulting white precipitate was collected by filtration to afford compound 9a (250 mg; 56% yield over 2 steps) as an off-white solid. ES-MS [M+l]+: 373.4. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-de): δ 12.00 (br s, -NH), 8.46 (d, J = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.66 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.30 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 6.86 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, 2H), 5.25 (d, J = 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (m, 1H), 4.75 (m, 1H), 4.30 (t, J = 6.8 Hz, 2H), 3.30 (m, 1H), 3.14 (t, J = 6.4 Hz, 2H), 3.04 (m, 1H), 1.34 (d, J = 6.4 Hz, 3H).[0272] The overall yield of compound 9a was 1.5% molar.EXAMPLE 2Synthesis of 2-(5-(l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethan-l-ol[0273] The synthesis of 2-(5-(l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethan-l-ol was conducted according to the Scheme 5 using the reagents and solvents listed in Table 1 below: Scheme 5TBDMS-CI OTBDMS 1 . n-BuLi, <-55°C OTBDMSImidazole
DMF
[0274] The 1H-NMR spectra were recorded with Agilent MercuryPlus 300 NMR spectrometer.[0275] LC-MS data were obtained on an Agilent 1290 series with UV detector and HP 6130MSD mass detector using as column Waters XB ridge BEH XP (2.1 x 50 mm; 2.5 μιτι) and as eluent Ammonium acetate (10 mM); Water/ Methanol/ Acetonitrile.[0276] (a) l-(6-bromopyridin-3-yl)ethan-l-ol (2)[0277] A 20 L vessel was placed under nitrogen atmosphere and charged with tetrahydrofuran (5.5 L) and 2,5-dibromopyridine (1) (2000 g, 8.44 mol, 1.0 eq) (OxChem Corporation). The mixture was cooled to -10°C and isopropyl magnesium chloride (20% in THF, 6.02 L, 11.82 mol, 1.4 eq) (Rockwood Lithium) was added slowly over 1 h, keeping the reaction temperature below 5°C. After addition, the cooling bath was removed and the temperature was kept below 30°C (some additional cooling was needed to achieve this) and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight. After 16 h, a sample was taken; quenched with saturated aqueous ammonium chloride and extracted with methyl tert-buty\ ether (TBME). The TBME was evaporated under vacuum. 1H-NMR in deuterated chloroform showed complete conversion.[0278] The reaction mixture was cooled to -15°C and a solution of acetaldehyde (472 g,10.72 mol, 1.27 eq) (Acros) in tetrahydrofuran (200 mL) was added dropwise, while keeping temperature below -10°C. After the addition was complete, the cooling bath was removed and the temperature was allowed to rise to maximum of 5-8°C. After 1.5 h, a sample was taken and the reaction was quenched with aqueous ammonium chloride as described above. 1H-NMR showed the reaction was complete.[0279] Two batches were combined for work up.[0280] The reaction mixture was quenched by pouring the mixture into a solution of aqueous ammonium chloride (1 kg in 5 L water) and stirred for 15 min, filtered over Celite and rinsed thoroughly with toluene. The filtrate was transferred to a separation funnel and the obtained two layers system was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with toluene (2 L). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and filtered. Evaporation of the filtrate to dryness under vacuum yielded 3.49 kg (99%) of the desired crude material. XH NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.30 (d, J = 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.59 (dd, J = 8.0, 2.5 Hz, 1H), 7.44 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 4,91 (q, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.49 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).[0281] (b) 2-bromo-5-(l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)ethyl)pyridine (3)[0282] A 50 L reactor under nitrogen atmosphere was charged with compound 2 (10.0 kg, around 49.5 mol) and DMF (16 L). The mixture was cooled to 10°C and imidazole (6.74 kg, 99 mol, 2.0 eq) (Apollo Scientific Ltd.) was added portion wise within 30 min. The mixture was cooled to 0°C and TBDMS-Cl (7.46 kg, 49.5 mol, 1.0 eq) (Fluorochem) was added portion wise within 5 h, keeping the temperature below 3°C. The mixture reaction temperature was allowed to reach room temperature and stirred overnig ht. H NMR of a sample showed complete conversion.[0283] The reaction mixture was transferred to a 100 L extraction-vessel and the product was extracted with heptane (2×7.5 L, 10 L). The combined heptane-layers were washed with water (2×6 L, 3 L) to remove small amounts of DMF, dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated under vacuum to give crude compound 3 (15.5 kg, 49.0 mol) in a 99.0% yield. This crude product was purified by a short plug filtration, using 10 kg silica/heptane and eluted with heptane (approx. 50 L). The product-fractions were combined and evaporated under vacuum to give 12.0 kg of purified compound 3 (38 mol) as a brown oil in a 76.8% molar yield. (Average yield for 3 experiments was 78%). HPLC-MS: Rt= 2.6 min, M+l=316.1 and 318.1; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.55 (d, J = 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.54 (dd, J = 8.2, 2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.42 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 1H), 4,86 (q, J = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 1.40 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H), 0.88 (s, 9H), 0.02 (d, J = 26 Hz, 2x3H).[0284] (c) 2-(5-(l-((tert-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)ethyl)pyridin-2-yl)ethan-l-ol (4)[0285] The ethylene oxide solution in diethylether was prepared in advance. Diethylether(1.2 L) in a 3 L three-necked flask was cooled at -65 °C and ethylene oxide (462.3 g, 10.5 mol, 1.06 eq) (Linde) was added and stirred at -70°C. Alternatively, the ethylene oxide solution can be made at about -20°C and then added gradually to the reaction mixture having a temperature at about -60°C. [0286] To a solution of 2-bromo-5-(l-((ieri-butyldimethylsilyl)oxy)ethyl)pyridine (3) (3.13 kg, 9.90 mol, 1.0 eq) in diethylether (7.5 L) cooled at -59°C, n-butyllithium (4 L, 10.0 mol, 2.5M in hexanes, 1.01 eq) (Aldrich Chemistry) was added while keeping temperature between -58°C and -62°C. After addition, the mixture was stirred for 1 h while keeping temperature between -60°C and -68°C. The upfront prepared ethylene oxide solution was added at once to the reaction mixture, while temperature was around -62°C. Subsequently, copper(I) iodide (962.3 g, 5.05 mol, 0.51 eq) (Acros Organics) was added in portions of 120 g, every 10 min, keeping the temperature between -61°C and -63°C. Stirring was continued for 1 h after addition keeping temperature between -61°C and -63°C. The cooling bath was removed and allowing the temperature to rise to about 15°C and further to 25 °C with a water bath overnight.[0287] Workup: The reaction-mixture was poured into a solution of 1 kg ammonium- chloride in 5 L water and stirred for 30 min, then the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with aqueous ammonium hydroxide (10%, 2.5 L, 4x) to remove Cu-complex (blue color disappeared). The combined organic layers were dried over sodium sulfate and evaporated to give 3.12 kg (max. 9.90 mol) crude compound 4 as a brown oil. The crude compound was purified over 20 kg silica (heptane/EtOAc) by eluting with 80 L heptane/EtOAc, 20 L EtOAc, 25 L EtOAc/MeOH 95/5, 25 L EtOAc/MeOH 9/1 and 10 L EtOAc/MeOH 8/2, to give 1.47 kg of purified compound 4 (5.22 mol) as a brown oil (with tendency to solidify) in a 52.7% average molar yield (HPLC-purity of 99.5%). (Average yield over 12 experiments 52%). HPLC-MS: Rt= 2.3 min, M+l=282.1; 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDC13): δ 8.42 (d, J = 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.61 (dd, J = 8.3, 2.1 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (d, J = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 4,88 (q, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.01 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H), 3.00 (t, J=6.0 Hz, 2 H), 1.41 (d, J =7.0 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.02 (d, J = 26 Hz, 2x3H).[0288] Another 2.5% of the product was isolated by re -purifying impure product fraction.The total yield of compound 4 from compound 1 was 39.6% molar.EXAMPLE 3Synthesis of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]- 2,4-thiazolidinedione hydrochloride (9) 2. Sodium bisulfiteethanol/water mixture
3. Addition 10% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution
until pH 12
from step e dimethylglyoxime7step g step f
step h[0289] The 1H-NMR spectra were recorded with a 400 MHz Avance Bruker NMR spectrometer. LC-MS data were obtained on a Agilent Technologies 6130 Quadrapole LC/MS using as column Agilent XDB-C18 and as eluent 0.1% formic acid (aq) and 0.05% formic acid in acetonitrile.[0290] Steps d and e: Synthesis of 4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2- pyridinyl] ethoxy] -benzaldehyde (6)[0291] To a well stirred solution of 5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]-oxy]ethyl]-2- pyridineethanol (4) (obtained as described in Example 2) (1.91 kg) in toluene (8.6 L) at 5°C were added sodium hydroxide (30% aqueous, 2.79 L) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (7.2 g). p-Toluenesulfonyl chloride (1.62 kg) was next added in portions during 5 min. After the addition, the reaction mixture was allowed to reach room temperature in 0.5 h and stirred at this temperature for 18 h. Water (7.3 L) was then added and the mixture was mixed well. Once the solids were dissolved, the layers were allowed to settle and the organic layer was separated. This organic phase was washed with water (5.7 L, 2x), followed by washing with a solution of sodium chloride (57 g) in water (5.7 L). The solvents were concentrated at reduced pressure to an amount of 2.5 kg of a brown oil (compound 5).[0292] To this well stirred brown oil were added subsequently ethanol (7.8 L), water (0.86L), 4-hydroxybenzaldehyde (0.88 kg) and potassium carbonate (1.17 kg) and then the mixture was heated at 75 °C for 18 h. Then, the solvent was evaporated while adding toluene (7.7 L) during 6 h and then the reaction mixture was allowed to cool. At 30°C, water (7.6 L) was added, stirred until all solids were dissolved and the mixture was cooled to room temperature. The layers were allowed to settle and separated. The organic layer was washed with water (7.6 L). The first aqueous extract was extracted with toluene (2.8 L) and this organic extract was used to also extract the aqueous washing. The organic extracts were combined and concentrated under vacuum to give 3.49 kg of a black oil (crude title compound 6).[0293] 1.73 kg of this black oil was dissolved in ethanol (0.74 L) and added to a well stirred solution of sodium bisulfite (1.36 kg) in a mixture of water (3.27 L) and ethanol (0.74 L). The container of the black oil was rinsed with ethanol (0.37 L) twice and these two rinses were also added to the bisulfite reaction mixture. After 75 min, heptane (5.3 L) was added, well mixed for 5 min, and the layers were allowed to settle and separated. To the organic layer was added a solution of sodium bisulfite (0.55 kg) in water (2.65 L), and ethanol (1.06 L). After stirring for 30 min, the layers were allowed to settle and separated. The two bisulfide aqueous extracts were combined and flasks rinsed with water (2.12 L). Next, toluene (4.5 L) and heptane (4.5 L) were added, the mixture was well stirred and the pH was adjusted to 12 using sodium hydroxide (10% aq) (temperature became 32°C). After stirring for an additional 5 min, the layers were allowed to settle and separated at 30°C. The aqueous layer was extracted with a mixture of toluene (1.5 L) and heptane (3.0 L). The layers were separated and the organic layers were combined. The combined organic layers were washed with water (5 L, 2x) and concentrated under vacuum to give the purified title compound 6. This procedure was repeated with another 1.73 kg of the black oil (crude title compound 6) to give in total 2.77 kg of 4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2- pyridinyl]ethoxy]-benzaldehyde (6) as brown oil which contained 24% m/m of toluene according to 1H NMR (yield = 80%, calculated from compound 4 and corrected for residual toluene). [0294] 1H NMR (CDC13) δ: 0.00 (s, 3H), 0.09 (s, 3H), 0.91 (s, 9H), 1.44 (d, = 6 Hz, 3H),3.30 (t, = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.47 (t, = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (q, = 6 Hz, 1H), 6.99 – 7.30 (m, 3H), 7.62- 7.67 (m, 1H), 7.80 – 7.85 (m, 2H), 8.5- 8.54 (m, 1H) and 9.88 (s, 1H).[0295] LC-MS; rt 7.5 min: ES: M+ 387, 386.[0296] Step f: Synthesis of (5Z)-5-[[4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methylene]-2,4-thiazolidinedione (7)[0297] A solution of 4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2-pyridinyl]- ethoxy]-benzaldehyde (6) (2.75 kg, containing 24% m/m of toluene) and piperidine (6.0 g) in methanol (3.16 L) was concentrated at 40°C under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in methanol (10.4 L) and 2,4-thiazolidinedione (759 g) and piperidine (230 g) were added. The mixture was heated at 47°C. After 25 h, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature. The mixture was kept at pH 5-6 by adjusting it with acetic acid, if necessary. After a night at room temperature, water (1.56 L) was added and the suspension was stirred at room temperature for additional 2 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with methanol (1 L, 2x) and dried under vacuum to give crude compound 7 (1.65 kg). The crude compound was mixed with methanol (10 L) and dichloromethane (8.6 L) and heated at 32°C until all solids dissolved. Then, the solvents were removed by distillation until the temperature of the mixture reached 34°C at a pressure of 333 mbar. Then, it was allowed to cool to room temperature overnight and stirred at 2°C for additional 2 h. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with methanol (0.5 L, 2x) and dried under vacuum to give title compound 7 (1.50 kg) (yield = 61%).[0298] 1H NMR (CDCI3) δ 0.00 (s, 3H), 0.08 (s, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 1.43 (d, = 6 Hz, 3H),3.32 (t, = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.48 (t, = 7 Hz, 2H), 4.92 (q, = 6 Hz, 1H), 6.95 – 7.00 (m, 2H), 7.24 – 7,28 (m, 1H), 7.38 – 7.42 (m, 2H), 7.67 (s, 1H), 7.69 – 7.73 (m, 1H) and 8.48 (d, = 3 Hz, 1H).[0299] LC-MS; rt 7.5 min: ES: M+ 487, 486, 485.[0300] Step g: Synthesis of 5-[[4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2- pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione (8)[0301] To a stirred suspension of (5Z)-5-[[4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]- ethyl]-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methylene]-2,4-thiazolidinedione (7) (10 g) in THF (10 mL) and sodium hydroxide (IN aq, 21 mL) was added of a solution of cobalt chloride (26 mg) and of dimethylglyoxime (930 mg) in THF (2.3 mL) and water (1.0 mL). Then the suspension was put under a nitrogen atmosphere by applying the sequence of vacuum and flushing with nitrogen (4x). Thereafter, the suspension was heated to 30°C. Then, a stock solution of sodium borohydride was prepared by dissolving sodium borohydride (2.7 g) in a mixture of water (15.8 mL) and a solution of sodium hydroxide (1 N aq, 3.5 mL), which was put under a nitrogen atmosphere by applying a sequence of vacuum and flushing with nitrogen (3x). This was added to the suspension of compound 7 at a rate of 4.5 mL/h. Simultaneously, nitrogen gas-saturated acetic acid was added to the suspension at a rate of 0.7 mL/h to maintain a pH of 10.0-10.5. After 1 h 30 min the rate of addition of the sodium borohydride solution and acetic acid were both reduced by half. Next, 3 h 45 min after start of addition, the addition of sodium borohydride and acetic acid were stopped. The mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature and acetone (2.5 mL) was added over a period of 1 minute. After stirring the reaction mixture for 15 min acetic acid was added until the pH was 5.5-6.0 (about 3 mL required). Next, a mixture of ethyl acetate/toluene (1/3 v/v, 30 mL) was added, well mixed and layers were allowed to settle. The aqueous layer was separated and washed with ethyl acetate/toluene (1/3 v/v, 10 mL). Both organic extracts were pooled and water (40 mL) was added, well mixed and layers were allowed to settle. The pH of the aqueous layer was adjusted to 5.5-6 using saturated sodium hydrogen carbonate solution (aq) and again mixed with the organic layer. Layers were allowed to settle and the organic layer was separated and concentrated under vacuum to give 11.09 g of yellow oil (crude mixture containing title compound 8 and its borane complex). Several batches were combined for work up.33.1 g of the crude mixture containing title compound 8 and its borane complex (not corrected for residual solvents) was dissolved in toluene (30 mL) and filtered. The filtrate was submitted to column chromatography (silica gel, gradient of toluene to toluene/ethyl acetate 1/1) to give 30.0 g of mixture of 5-[[4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l- dimethylethyl)dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4- thiazolidinedione (8) and its borane complex as a slightly yellow oil (yield = 100% from compound 4, not corrected for residual solvents). [0303] 1H NMR (CDC13) δ: -0.03 – 0.10 (m, 6H), 0.87 – 0.93 (m, 9H), 1.42 (d, / = 6 Hz, 3H),3.05-3.71 (m, 4H), 4.30 – 4.51 (m, 3H), 4.87 – 4.94 (m, 1H), 6.82 – 6.88 (m, 2H), 7.10-7.92 (m, 5H), 8.49 (d, / = 3 Hz, 0.6H) and 8.72 (brs, 0.4H).[0304] LC-MS; rt 6.8 min: ES: M+ 489, 488, 487, M“ 487, 486, 485; rt 8.1 min: ES M“ 501,500, 499, 498, 485.[0305] Step h: Synthesis of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]- methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione hydrochloride (9)[0306] To a stirred solution of the mixture of (5-[[4-[2-[5-[[[(l,l-dimethylethyl)- dimethylsilyl]oxy]ethyl]-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione and its borane complex (8) (5.17 g) in methanol (25.2 mL) at 22°C was added hydrochloric acid (30%, 2.75 mL) in about 5 min to give a temperature rise to 28°C. This solution was heated to 40 °C. Three hours after addition, the 11 g of volatiles were removed under reduced pressure. Then, acetonitrile (40.3 mL) was added and the mixture was heated at reflux for 0.5 h. Next, the suspension was allowed to cool down to room temperature and stirred for 1 h at room temperature. Solids were isolated by filtration, washed with a mixture of acetonitrile/water (20/1 v/v, 10 mL) and with acetonitrile (10 mL) and dried under vacuum at 40 °C to give 4.00 g of white solids (crude 9) (yield = 77%, not corrected for residual solvents).[0307] Purification of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-2,4- thiazolidinedione hydrochloride (9):[0308] The crude mixture of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l-hydroxyethyl)-2-pyridinyl]ethoxy]phenyl]- methyl]-2,4-thiazolidinedione hydrochloride (3.95 g, crude 9) was dissolved in methanol/water (7/2 v/v, 80 mL) by heating it to 49°C. To this solution was added washed norit (obtained by heating a suspension of norit (6 g) in methanol/water (7/2 v/v, 90 mL) at 45°C for 1 h, then isolating the norit by filtration and washing it twice with methanol/water (7/2 v/v, 30 mL) and drying it under vacuum at 40°C). Equipment was rinsed with methanol/water (7/2 v/v, 18 mL). After 0.5 h of stirring at 46°C, the warm suspension was filtered to remove the norit and filter was washed twice with methanol/water (7/2 v/v, 18 mL). The filtrate was concentrated under vacuum at a bath temperature of 60°C to a mass of 11.8 g (1 v of compound and 2 v of water). To the suspension was added butanone (19.7 mL, 5 v) and the mixture was heated at a bath temperature of 95°C. Under distillation at a constant volume, butanone (95 mL) was added. Next, heating was stopped and the suspension was allowed to reach room temperature in about 0.5 h. Subsequently it was stirred for 0.75 h at room temperature. The solids were isolated by filtration, washed with a mixture of butanone/water (95/5 v/v, 18 mL) and butanone (18 mL) and dried under vacuum at 40°C to give 3.57 g of compound 9 as white solids (yield = 91%).[0309] 1H NMR (DMSO-de): δ 12.00 (br s, -NH), 8.71 (d, = 2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.45 (dd, = 8.3,1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.98 (d, = 8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.15 (d, = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 6.88 (d, = 8.7 Hz, 2H), 5.57 (s, OH), 4.95 (q, = 6.5 Hz, 1H), 4.86 (dd, = 8.9, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 4.40 (t, = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (t, = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 3.29 (dd, = 14.2, 4.4 Hz, 1H), 3.06 (dd, = 14.2, 9.0 Hz, 1H), 1.41 (d, = 6.5 Hz, 3H).[0310] LC-MS; rt 3.5 min: ES: M+ 374, 373, M“ 372, 371.EXAMPLE 4Conditions tested in the preparation of compound 5 in the Step d[0311] The conditions described in Table 2 below were tested in the step d in the preparation of compound 5 from compound 4 providing a good yield of compound 5:Table 2Entry Reaction Conditions Amount of p-Ts-Cl / Eq1 Toluene/water/Bu4NBr/NaOH 1.052 1.083 1.074 1.07+0.035 1.076 Et3N / DCM 1.187 1.408 Pyridine / DCM 1.40 EXAMPLE 5Conditions tested in the preparation of compound 6 in the Step e[0312] The conditions described in Table 3 below were tested in the step e in the preparation of compound 6 from compound 5 providing a good yield of compound 6:Table 3
Compound 1 is administered to the subject. The structure of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l -hydroxy ethyljpyri din-2 – yl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-l,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione is:
[0047] The present disclosure encompasses the use of stereoisomers of 5-[[4-[2-[5-(l- hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-l,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione. 5-[[4-[2-[5- (l-hydroxyethyl)pyridin-2-yl]ethoxy]phenyl]methyl]-l,3-thiazolidine-2,4-dione has two asymmetric centers and thus four stereoisomers are possible as follows:
RP-12146 is an oral poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitor in phase I clinical development at Rhizen Pharmaceuticals for the treatment of adult patients with locally advanced or metastatic solid tumors.
Solid TumorExtensive-stage Small-cell Lung CancerLocally Advanced Breast CancerMetastatic Breast CancerPlatinum-sensitive Ovarian CancerPlatinum-Sensitive Fallopian Tube CarcinomaPlatinum-Sensitive Peritoneal Cancer
Poly(ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) defines a family of 17 enzymes that cleaves NAD+ to nicotinamide and ADP-ribose to form long and branched (ADP-ribose) polymers on glutamic acid residues of a number of target proteins, including PARP itself. The addition of negatively charged polymers profoundly alters the properties and functions of the acceptor proteins. Poly(ADP-ribosyl)ation is involved in the regulation of many cellular processes, such as DNA repair, gene transcription, cell cycle progression, cell death, chromatin functions and genomic stability. These functions have been mainly attributed to PARP-1 that is regarded as the best characterized member of the PARP family. However, the identification of novel genes encoding PARPs, together with the characterization of their structure and subcellular localization, have disclosed different roles for poly(ADP-ribosyl)ation in cells, including telomere replication and cellular transport.
Recently, poly(ADP-ribose) binding sites have been identified in many DNA damage checkpoint proteins, such as tumor suppressor p53, cyclin-dependent kinase inhibitor p21Cip1/waf1, DNA damage recognition factors (i.e., the nucleotide excision repair xeroderma pigmentosum group A complementing protein and the mismatch repair protein MSH6), base excision repair (BER) proteins (i.e. DNA ligase III, X-ray repair cross-complementing 1, and XRCC1), DNA-dependent protein kinase (DNA-PK), cell death and survival regulators (i.e.,
NF-kB, inducible nitric oxide synthase, and telomerase). These findings suggest that the different components of the PARP family might be involved in the DNA damage signal network, thus regulating protein-protein and protein-DNA interactions and, consequently, different types of cellular responses to genotoxic stress. In addition to its involvement in BER and single strand breaks (SSB) repair, PARP-1 appears to aid in the non-homologous end-joining (NHEJ) and homologous recombination (HR) pathways of double strand breaks (DSB) repair. See Lucio Tentori et al., Pharmacological Research, Vol. 45, No. 2, 2002, page 73-85.
PARP inhibition might be a useful therapeutic strategy not only for the treatment of BRCA mutations but also for the treatment of a wider range of tumors bearing a variety of deficiencies in the HR pathway. Further, the existing clinical data (e.g., Csaba Szabo et al., British Journal of Pharmacology (2018) 175: 192-222) also indicate that stroke, traumatic brain injury, circulatory shock and acute myocardial infarction are some of the indications where PARP activation has been demonstrated to contribute to tissue necrosis and inflammatory responses.
As of now, four PARP inhibitors, namely olaparib, talazoparib, niraparib, and rucaparib have been approved for human use by regulatory authorities around the world.
Patent literature related to PARP inhibitors includes International Publication Nos. WO 2000/42040, WO 2001/016136, WO 2002/036576, WO 2002/090334, WO2003/093261, WO 2003/106430, WO 2004/080976, WO 2004/087713, WO 2005/012305, WO 2005/012524, WO 2005/012305, WO 2005/012524, WO 2005/053662, W02006/033003, W02006/033007, WO 2006/033006, WO 2006/021801, WO 2006/067472, WO 2007/144637, WO 2007/144639, WO 2007/144652, WO 2008/047082, WO 2008/114114, WO 2009/050469, WO 2011/098971, WO 2015/108986, WO 2016/028689, WO 2016/165650, WO 2017/153958, WO 2017/191562, WO 2017/123156, WO 2017/140283, WO 2018/197463, WO 2018/038680 and WO 2018/108152, each of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety for all purposes.
There still remains an unmet need for new PARP inhibitors for the treatment of various diseases and disorders associated with cell proliferation, such as cancer.
Abstract 1233: Preclinical profile of RP12146, a novel, selective, and potent small molecule inhibitor of PARP1/2
Srikant Viswanadha, Satyanarayana Eleswarapu, Kondababu Rasamsetti, Debnath Bhuniya, Gayatriswaroop Merikapudi, Sridhar Veeraraghavan and Swaroop VakkalankaProceedings: AACR Annual Meeting 2021; April 10-15, 2021 and May 17-21, 2021; Philadelphia, PA
Abstract
Background: Poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) activity involves synthesis of Poly-ADP ribose (PAR) polymers that recruit host DNA repair proteins leading to correction of DNA damage and maintenance of cell viability. Upon combining with DNA damaging cytotoxic agents, PARP inhibitors have been reported to demonstrate chemo- and radio-potentiation albeit with incidences of myelosuppression. A need therefore exists for the development selective PARP1/2 inhibitors with a high therapeutic window to fully exploit their potential as a single agent or in combination with established therapy across various tumor types. Additionally, with the emerging concept of ‘synthetic lethality’, the applicability PARP inhibitors can be expanded to cancers beyond the well-defined BRCA defects. Herein, we describe the preclinical profile of RP12146, a novel and selective small molecule inhibitor of PARP1 and PARP2.
Methods: Enzymatic potency was evaluated using a PARP Chemiluminescent Activity Assay Kit (BPS biosciences). Cell growth was determined following incubation with RP12146 in BRCA1 mutant and wild-type cell lines across indications. Apoptosis was evaluated following incubation of cell lines with compound for 120 h, subsequent staining with Annexin-V-PE and 7-AAD, and analysis by flow cytometry. For cell cycle, cells were incubated with compound for 72 h, and stained with Propidium Iodide prior to analysis by flow cytometry. Expression of downstream PAR, PARP-trapping, phospho-γH2AX and cleaved PARP expression were determined in UWB1.289 (BRCA1 null) cells by Western blotting. Anti-tumor potential of RP12146 was tested in OVCAR-3 Xenograft model. Pharmacokinetic properties of the molecule were also evaluated. Results: RP12146 demonstrated equipotent inhibition of PARP1 (0.6 nM) and PARP2 (0.5 nM) with several fold selectivity over the other members of the PARP family. Compound caused a dose-dependent growth inhibition of both BRCA mutant and non-mutant cancer cell lines with GI50 in the range of 0.04 µM to 9.6 µM. Incubation of UWB1.289 cells with RP12146 caused a G2/M arrest with a corresponding dose-dependent increase in the percent of apoptotic cells. Expression of PAR was inhibited by 86% at 10 nM with a 2.3-fold increase in PARP-trapping observed at 100 nM in presence of RP12146. A four-fold increase in phospho-γH2AX and > 2-fold increase in cleaved PARP expression was observed at 3 µM of the compound. RP12146 exhibited anti-tumor potential with TGI of 28% as a single agent in OVCAR-3 xenograft model. Efficay was superior compared to Olaparib tested at an equivalent dose. Pharmacokinetic studies in rodents indicated high bioavailability with favorable plasma concentrations relevant for efficacy
Conclusions: Data demonstrate the therapeutic potential of RP12146 in BRCA mutant tumors. Testing in patients is planned in H1 2021.
Citation Format: Srikant Viswanadha, Satyanarayana Eleswarapu, Kondababu Rasamsetti, Debnath Bhuniya, Gayatriswaroop Merikapudi, Sridhar Veeraraghavan, Swaroop Vakkalanka. Preclinical profile of RP12146, a novel, selective, and potent small molecule inhibitor of PARP1/2 [abstract]. In: Proceedings of the American Association for Cancer Research Annual Meeting 2021; 2021 Apr 10-15 and May 17-21. Philadelphia (PA): AACR; Cancer Res 2021;81(13_Suppl):Abstract nr 1233.
Rhizen Pharmaceuticals AG Announces First Patient Dosing in a Phase I/Ib Study of Its Novel PARP Inhibitor (RP12146) in Patients With Advanced Solid Tumors
RHIZEN’S PARP INHIBITOR EFFORTS ARE PART OF A LARGER DDR PLATFORM THAT ALSO INCLUDES AN EARLY STAGE POLθ-DIRECTED PROGRAM; PLATFORM ENABLES PROPRIETARY IN-HOUSE COMBINATIONS
Rhizen Pharma commences dosing in a phase I/Ib trial to evaluate its novel PARP inhibitor (RP12146) in patients with advanced cancers.
Rhizen indicated that RP12146 has comparable preclinical activity vis-à-vis approved PARP inhibitors and shows improved preclinical safety that it expects will translate in the clinic.
The two-part multi-center phase I/Ib study is being conducted in Europe and is designed to initially determine safety, tolerability and MTD/RP2D of RP12146 and to subsequently assess its anti-tumor activity in expansion cohorts with HRR mutation-enriched ES-SCLC, ovarian and breast cancer patients.
RP12146 is part of a larger DDR platform at Rhizen that includes a preclinical-stage Polθ inhibitor program; the DDR platform enables novel, proprietary, in-house combinations
November 01, 2021 07:24 AM Eastern Daylight Time
BASEL, Switzerland–(BUSINESS WIRE)–Rhizen Pharmaceuticals AG (Rhizen), a Switzerland-based privately held, clinical-stage oncology & inflammation-focused biopharmaceutical company, announced today that it has commenced dosing in a multi-center, phase I/Ib trial to evaluate its novel poly (ADP-ribose) polymerase (PARP) inhibitor (RP12146) in patients with advanced solid tumors. This two-part multi-center phase I/Ib study is being conducted in Europe and has been designed to initially determine safety, tolerability, maximum tolerated dose (MTD), and/or recommended phase II dose (RP2D) of RP12146 and to subsequently assess its anti-tumor activity in expansion cohorts with HRR mutation-enriched ES-SCLC, ovarian and breast cancer patients.
“Our PARP program is foundational for our DDR platform efforts and will be the backbone for several novel proprietary combinations that we hope to bring into development going forward.”
Rhizen indicated that RP12146 has shown preclinical activity and efficacy comparable to the approved PARP inhibitor Olaparib, and shows improved safety as seen in the preclinical IND-enabling toxicology studies; an advantage that Rhizen hopes will translate in the clinical studies. Rhizen also announced that its PARP program is part of a larger DNA Damage Response (DDR) platform effort, which includes a preclinical-stage polymerase theta (Polθ) inhibitor program. Rhizen expects the platform to enable novel proprietary combinations of its PARP and Polθ assets given the mechanistic synergy and opportunity across PARP resistant/refractory settings.
“PARP inhibitors are a great success story in the DNA damage response area, but they are not without safety concerns that have limited realization of their full potential. Although our novel PARP inhibitor is competing in a crowded space, we expect its superior preclinical safety to translate into the clinic which will differentiate our program and allow us to extend its application beyond the current landscape of approved indications and combinations”, said Swaroop Vakkalanka, Founder & CEO of Rhizen Pharma. Swaroop also added that “Our PARP program is foundational for our DDR platform efforts and will be the backbone for several novel proprietary combinations that we hope to bring into development going forward.”
About Rhizen Pharmaceuticals AG.:
Rhizen Pharmaceuticals is an innovative, clinical-stage biopharmaceutical company focused on the discovery and development of novel oncology & inflammation therapeutics. Since its establishment in 2008, Rhizen has created a diverse pipeline of proprietary drug candidates targeting several cancers and immune associated cellular pathways.
Rhizen has proven expertise in the PI3K modulator space with the discovery of our first PI3Kδ & CK1ε asset Umbralisib, that has been successfully developed & commercialized in MZL & FL by our licensing partner TG Therapeutics (TGTX) in USA. Beyond this, Rhizen has a deep oncology & inflammation pipeline spanning discovery to phase II clinical development stages.
Rhizen is headquartered in Basel, Switzerland.
REF
Safety, Pharmacokinetics and Anti-tumor Activity of RP12146, a PARP Inhibitor, in Patients With Locally Advanced or Metastatic Solid Tumors….https://clinicaltrials.gov/ct2/show/NCT05002868
///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// Methiomeprazine is an antiemetic drug. PATENTFR 2705 M 19640831.The title compd. and its derivs. are prepd. and can be used in the prepn. of antiemetic compns. A soln. of 2.280 g. 3-methylthio-10-(3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropyl)phenothiazine (I) in 12 l. EtOH is heated to 70° and added to a soln. (60°) of 969 g. d-tartaric acid in 27 l. EtOH, the soln. kept overnight and filtered, and the mother liquors from the 1st and 2nd crystns. combined and evapd. The residue (2.352 g.) is dissolved in H2O, the soln. made alk. with 700 ml. NaOH (d. 1.33) and extd. with 4 l. CH2Cl2, the org. phase sepd., the aq. phase extd. with 1 l. CH2Cl2, and the exts. combined and evapd. at ∼20 mm. The residue (1.183 g.) is taken up in 7 l. EtOH at 60°, the soln. added to 370 g. maleic acid in 1.7 l. EtOH (60°), and the mixt. kept overnight to give 1.192 g. I acid maleate (II), m. 176-7° (EtOH), [α]24D -21.2° ± 1.5° (c 2, CHCl3). II (300 g.) is added to a mixt. of 1 l. H2O and 2 l. CH2Cl2, 150 ml. NaOH (d. 1.33) added, and the org. phase sepd. and distd. to give 185 g. (-)-3-methylthio-10-(3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropyl)phenothiazine (III), m. 84-5° (iso-PrOH), [α]23D -45° ± 3° (c 2.5, C6H6). PAPERJournal of Organic Chemistry (1960), 25, 944-7.https://pubs.acs.org/doi/abs/10.1021/jo01076a019cf. CA 54, 15391b. The prepn. of various 10-aminoalkyl derivs. of the following phenothiazines was described: 2-hydroxyphenothiazine (I), 2-methylthiophenothiazine (II), 2-methylsulfonylphenothiazine (III), 2-trifluoromethylsulfonylphenothiazine (IV), 2-trifluoromethylthiophenothiazine (V), 2-azaphenothiazine (VI), and 8-chloro-2-azaphenothiazine (VII). The direct alkylation of I was not attempted. Instead, 2-benzoyloxyphenothiazine was alkylated with NaNH2 in xylene and the ester group removed by basic hydrolysis during the workup. The alkylation of IV with 3-(4-methylpiperazinyl)propyl chloride required 48 hrs. VI (15 g.), 6.8 g. NaNH2, and 500 ml. PhMe refluxed 45 min. under N, treated with 21 g. 3-chloro-1-(1-formyl-4-piperazinyl)propane-HCl and 300 ml. PhMe, the mixt. cooled, 150 ml. H2O added, the PhMe layer extd. with dil. HCl, the acid exts. made alk., extd. with C6H6, and the solvent evapd. gave 21 g. oil. The oil dissolved in 250 ml. alc., 60 ml. H2O and 7 ml. 40% NaOH, the mixt. refluxed 2 hrs., the solvents removed, the residual oil dissolved in C6H6, the soln. extd. with HCl, made alk., extd. with C6H6, and the whole distd. gave 11 g. 10-[3-(1-piperazinyl)propyl]-2-azaphenothiazine. The distd. material was dissolved in 250 ml. MeOH and refluxed 1.5 hrs. with 1.8 g. ethylene oxide, the solvent evapd., the residue dissolved in 250 ml. C6H6, the soln. azeotropically distd. during 1 hr., cooled, and refluxed 1 hr. with 6.5 g. AcCl, the solvents evapd., the gum treated with 10% NaOH, and the C6H6 evapd. gave 4.3 g. 4-[3-(2-azaphenothiazin-10-yl)propyl]-1-piperazineëthanol; acetate dimaleate m. 147-8° (decompn.) (EtOAc). 1-Piperazinepropanol (57.6 g.) refluxed 1 hr. with 48 g. HCO2Me, the excess HCO2Me removed, and the residue distd. gave 65.3 g. oil, b1.1 174.5-7.0°, n24D 1.5072. This oil (42.8 g.) in 300 cc. CHCl3 treated with excess HCl, then 19 g. SOCl2, the mixt. refluxed 0.5 hr., 3 g. SOCl2 added, refluxing continued 2.5 hrs., and the solvents removed gave a cryst. HCl salt. Conversion of this to the free base gave 60% 1-formyl-4-(3-chloropropyl)piperazine, yellow oil, b0.4 144.5-8.5°, n25D 1.5053. By starting with I-VII the following 2,10-disubstituted phenothiazines were obtained (substituents at 2, 10, b.p./mm., and % yield given); SMe, (CH2)3NMe2, 220-3°/0.7 (HCl salt m. 149-50°), 88; SMe, CH2CHMeCH2NMe2, 218-21°/0.1 (HCl salt m. 173-4°), 93; SMe, (CH2)3N.(CH2)2.NMe.CH2.CH2, 239-42°/0.1 (di-HCl salt m. 224-5°), 92; SMe, CH2CHMeCH2N.(CH2)2. NMe.CH2.CH2, 200-20°/0.03 (dimaleate m. 174-5°), 44; SMe, (CH2)3N.(CH2)2.N[(CH2)2OAc].CH2.CH2 – (dimaleate m. 165-6°), 33; SO2Me, (CH2)3NMe2, 115-16° (HCl salt m. 112-15°), 62; SO2Me, CH2CHMeCH2NMe2, 255-60°/0.2 (HCl salt m. 234-5°), 60; SCF3, (CH2)3NMe2, 153-7°/0.1, 64; SCF3, CH2CHMeCH2NMe2, 153-7°/0.1 (picrate m. 158.5-9.5°), 54; SCF3, I (CH2)3N.(CH2)2.NMe.CH2.CH2, 220-3°/0.3 (dimaleate m. 182-3°), 63; SO2CF3, (CH2)3NMe2, 235-40°/0.04 (HCl salt m. 174-5°), 15; SO2CF3, CH2CHMeCH2NMe2, 182-4°/0.2 (picrate m. 203-4°), 19; SO2CF3, (CH2)3N.(CH2)2.NMe.CH2.CH2, – [di-HCl salt m. 249.5° (decompn.)], 16; OH, (CH2)3NMe2, 220-5°/0.05, m. 90-1° (dimaleate m. 132-3°), 49. The following 8,10-substituted 2-azaphenothiazines were similarly prepd. (8,10 substituents, m.p. or b.p., % yield given): H, (CH2)3NMe2, 165-70°/0.007 [di-HCl salt m. 240.5-4.5° (decompn.)], 63; H, CH2CHMeCH2NMe2, 190-5°/0.6 (di-HCl salt m. 234-5°), 82; H, (CH2)3N.(CH2)2.N[(CH2)2OAc].CH2.CH2, – (dimaleate m. 147-8° (decompn.), 9; Cl, (CH2)3NMe2, 215-20°/1 (di-HCl salt m. 249-50°), 66. PATENTGB 802725N-Aminoalkyl derivs. of I, where the alkyl is a straight or branched 2-5 C atom chain and the amino may be mono- or dialkylated or may be substituted by a pyrrolidino, piperidino, morpholino, or 4-alkyl-1-piperazinyl group, are prepd. by condensing I with the appropriate halo amine or by decompg. a phenothiazine-10-carboxylate of the appropriate amino alcohol. I (4.9 g.) was heated in 50 cc. boiling anhyd. xylene with 0.88 g. sodamide 1 hr., 2.71 g. 3-dimethylamino-1-chloropropane added, the soln. boiled 6 hrs., treated with H2O, then with dil. HCl, made alk. with NaOH, extd. with ether, and the solvent was evapd. in vacuo to give 4.5 g. 3-methylthio-10-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)phenothiazine (III), b0.2 206-18°; III.2HCl m. 160° (acetone-ether); picrate m. 135° (acetone). 3-Methylthio-10-(3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropyl)phenothiazine, m. 88-9°, was prepd. from I and 3-dimethylamino-2-methyl-1-chloropropane; picrate m. 145° (EtOH). The following were similarly prepd.: 3-methylthio-10-[3-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)propyl]phenothiazine, b0.1 250-6° [dihydrochloride m. 220° (decompn.) (acetone-ether); dipicrate m. 252-3° (acetone-iso-PrOH); 3-methylthio-10 – (2 – dimethylaminopropyl)phenothiazine, b0.2 202-6° (hydrochloride m. 205-6°; picrate m. 190°); 3-methylthio-10- (3-pyrrolidinopropyl)phenothiazine, b0.9 261° (hydrochloride m. 161°). I was phosgenated in toluene in the presence of pyridine to the 3-methylthiophenothiazine-10-carbonyl chloride (IV), m. 125°; IV heated in toluene with 3-(4- methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-methylpropanol gave 3-(4-methyl-1- piperazinyl)-2-methylpropyl 3-methylthiophenothiazine-10- carboxylate (V) (dihydrochloride m. 225°). A soln. of 13 7 g. V in 60 cc. ο-Cl2C6H4 was boiled for 5 hrs. till CO2 evolution ceased, the soln. cooled, 60 cc. ether added and the mixt. H2O-washed, extd. with 10% HCl, made alk. with NaOH, and extd. with ether. The ether soln. was dried over anhyd. Na2SO4 and distd. in vacuo to yield 11.25 g. crude base which gave, with an EtOH soln. of maleic acid, 12.7 g. 3-methylthio-10-[3-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-2-methyl-propyl]phenothiazinecarboxylic acid dimaleate, m. 199°. 3-Methylthio-10- [2,3-bis(dimethylamino)propyl] phenothiazine neutral fumarate, m. 198°, was similarly obtained by decarboxylating 1,3-bis(dimethylamino)-2-propyl 3-methylthiophenothiazine-10-carboxylate and treating with fumaric acid. 3-Methylthio-10-(3-diethylaminopropyl)phenothiazine-HCl, m. 172°, was prepd. from 3-methylthio-10-[3-(p-toluenesulfonyloxy)propyl]phenothiazine (VI) and Et2NH; 3-methylthio-10-(3-methylaminopropyl)phenothiazine (H oxalate m. 186°), from VI and MeNH2. VI heated with excess NH3 in toluene gave 3-methylthio-10-(3-aminopropyl)phenothiazine (VII) (oxalate m. 198°). VII in dioxane was neutralized with N HCl and treated with 30% aq. HCHO and PtO2 to give III. These compds. are antiemetics and potentiators of general anasthetics or neuroleptics. SYN
///////////Methiomeprazine , antiemetic, Metiomeprazina, RP 10584, RP-10584, RP10584, RP 10584, SKF 6270
Methotrimeprazine CAS Registry Number: 60-99-1 CAS Name: (bR)-2-Methoxy-N,N,b-trimethyl-10H-phenothiazine-10-propanamine Additional Names: (-)-10-(3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropyl)-2-methoxyphenothiazine; levomepromazine; 2-methoxytrimeprazine; levomeprazine Manufacturers’ Codes: RP-7044 Trademarks: Sinogan-Debil; Tisercin (EGYT); Neozine (Rh>e-Poulenc); Nirvan; Nozinan (Rh>e-Poulenc); Levoprome (Lederle) Molecular Formula: C19H24N2OS Molecular Weight: 328.47 Percent Composition: C 69.47%, H 7.36%, N 8.53%, O 4.87%, S 9.76% Literature References: Prepn: Courvoisier et al.,C.R. Seances Soc. Biol. Ses Fil.151, 1378 (1957); Jacob, Robert, US2837518 (1958 to Rhône-Poulenc).Optical Rotatory Power, -17, Conc: 5 g/100mL; Solv: chloroform; Wavlen: 589.3 nm; Temp: 20 °C Derivative Type: Maleate CAS Registry Number: 7104-38-3 Trademarks: Minozinan; Milezin (Spofa); Neuractil; Neurocil (Bayer); Sofmin (Dainippon); Veractil Molecular Formula: C19H24N2OS.C4H4O4 Molecular Weight: 444.54 Percent Composition: C 62.14%, H 6.35%, N 6.30%, O 18.00%, S 7.21% Properties: Crystals, darkened by light. Dec about 190°. Sparingly sol in water (0.3% at 20°) and in ethanol (0.4%). pH of a 0.3% aq soln is 4.3. The free base is levorotatory: [a]D20 -17° (c = 5 in chloroform). Optical Rotation: [a]D20 -17° (c = 5 in chloroform) Therap-Cat: Analgesic. Keywords: Analgesic (Non-Narcotic).
Methotrimeprazine is a phenothiazine used in the management of psychosis, particular those of schizophrenia, and manic phases of bipolar disorder.
A phenothiazine with pharmacological activity similar to that of both chlorpromazine and promethazine. It has the histamine-antagonist properties of the antihistamines together with central nervous system effects resembling those of chlorpromazine. (From Martindale, The Extra Pharmacopoeia, 30th ed, p604)
It can be used as an analgesic for moderate to severe pain in non-ambulant patients (the latter being because of its strong sedative effects).[3]
Levomepromazine is also used at lower doses for the treatment of nausea and insomnia.[1]
Levomepromazine is frequently prescribed and valued worldwide in palliative care medicine for its multimodal action, to treat intractable nausea or vomiting, and for severe delirium/agitation in the last days of life. Palliative care physicians will commonly prescribe it orally or via subcutaneous syringe drivers in combination with opioid analgesics such as hydromorphone.[1][2]
Levomepromazine is used for the treatment of psychosis, particularly those of schizophrenia, and manic phases of bipolar disorder. It should only be used with caution in the treatment of agitated depressions, as it can cause akathisia as a side effect, which could worsen the agitation.[1][2] A 2010 systematic review compared the efficacy of levomepromazine with atypical antipsychotic drugs:
Adverse effects
The most common side effect is akathisia.[2] Levomepromazine has prominent sedative and anticholinergic/sympatholytic effects (dry mouth, hypotension, sinus tachycardia, night sweats) and may cause weight gain.[2] These side effects normally preclude prescribing the drug in doses needed for full remission of schizophrenia, so it has to be combined with a more potent antipsychotic.[2] In any case, blood pressure and EKG should be monitored regularly.[2]
A rare but life-threatening side effect is neuroleptic malignant syndrome (NMS).[2] The symptoms of NMS include muscle stiffness, convulsions and fever.[2]
PAPER
Bulletin de la Societe de Pharmacie de Bordeaux (1964), 103(4), 224-30.
The authors define an extn. equil. const., pKe. When a basic mol., A, in an org. solvent (immiscible with water) is shaken with an aq. acid, part of A passes into the aq. phase in the equil. A + H+ .rdblhar. AH+, and Ke and pKe are defined by the equations Ke = [A]org[H+]H2O/[AH+]H2O and pKe = pKa -log ([A]org/[A]H2O), resp. Values of pKe are reported for levomepromazine, properidiazine, thioridazine, chlorpromazine, alimenazine, propiomazine, promethazine, and aminopromazine. Where 2 C atoms sep. the 2 N chain atoms, pKe is of the order of 5, and if 3, the value is near 4.3.
PATENT
JP 40009030
A soln. of 10.5 g. l-3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropanol in xylene is added a suspension of 2.5 g. Na in xylene and a soln. of 18 g. p-tosyl chloride in xylene is dropped in to give l-3-dimethylamino-2-methylpropanol tosylate (I), hydrochloride m. 98-100%. I is treated with 18 g. 2-methoxyphenothiazine and NaNH2 (prepd. from 1.85 g. Na) to give 80% l-3-(2-methoxy-10-phenothiazinyl)-2-methyl-1-dimethylaminopropane, m. 125-6° (hexane). Similarly are prepd. l-3-(3-ethyl-10-phenothiazinyl)-2-methyl-1-dimethylaminopropane (maleate m. 136°) and l-3-(10-phenothiazinyl)-2-methyl-1-dimethylaminopropane (maleate m. 174-5°). The products are tranquilizers.
PATENT
HU 152208
HU 157158
PL 66636
PAPER
Bulletin de la Societe Chimique de France (1968), (8), 3220-2.
Folia medica (1970), 12(1), 88-9
Journal of pharmaceutical sciences (1987), 76(7), 541-4.
SYN
IN201203390
Deprotonation of 2-methoxyphenothiazine by means of KOH in refluxing touene/DMSO, followed by condensation of resulting pottasium salt with N-(3-chloro-2-methylpropyl)-N,N-dimethylamine in refluxing toluene leads to racemic levomepromazine , which upon finally resolution using (-)-dibenzoyl-L-tartaric acid in acetone or using di-p-toluoyl-L-tartaric acid and, optionally, HCOOH in EtOH at 60 °C affords the target levomepromazine
SYN
References
^ Jump up to:abcdef Brayfield A, ed. (13 December 2013). “Levomepromazine”. Martindale: The Complete Drug Reference. London, UK: Pharmaceutical Press. Retrieved 12 May 2014.
Cilengitide has been in phase III clinical trials by Merck Serono and NCI for the treatment of glioblastoma multiforme. However, this research has been discontinued.
Cilengitide was originally developed by Merck KGaA in collaboration with the Technical University of Munich, then received orphan drug designation from FDA for the treatment of glioma in 2005.
Cilengitide (EMD 121974) is a molecule designed and synthesized at the Technical University Munich in collaboration with Merck KGaA in Darmstadt. It is based on the cyclic peptide cyclo(-RGDfV-), which is selective for αv integrins, which are important in angiogenesis (forming new blood vessels), and other aspects of tumor biology. Hence, it is under investigation for the treatment of glioblastoma, where it may act by inhibiting angiogenesis, and influencing tumor invasion and proliferation.[1][2]
Cilengitide seems to function by inhibiting the FAK/src/AKT pathway and inducing apoptosis in endothelial cells.[4] Preclinical studies in mice of cilengitide were able to demonstrate efficacious tumor regression.[4]
In a rat xenograft model, cilengitide was able to potentiate the cytotoxic effects of radiation when cilengitide was administered prior to radiation therapy.[5] When combined with radiation, inhibition of integrin expression by cilengitide synergistically improves the cytotoxic effects of ionizing radiation for glioblastoma.[5]
Clinical trials
Phase II studies were able to demonstrate that cilengitide as a potential monotherapy in patients with recurrent glioblastoma[6] with high intratumor drug levels when 2000 mg of cilengitide is given twice weekly.[7]
Cilengitide is well tolerated, in combination with radiation and temozolomide, at a dose of 2000 mg in patients with newly diagnosed glioblastoma, regardless of MGMT promoter status.[8] In a phase I/IIa study, the addition of cilengitide to the standard of care for newly diagnosed glioblastoma (surgical resection followed by temozolomide and radiation therapy) improves progression-free survival and overall survival in patients with MGMT promoter methylation.[9]
However, in a subsequent study, cilengitide does not seem to alter the pattern of glioblastoma progression,[10]
and in an EORTC phase III randomized, controlled, multicenter clinical trial, consisting of over 500 patients in 23 countries, the addition of cilengitide to the standard of care did not improve overall survival in patients with newly diagnosed glioblastoma and methylated MGMT promoter status [11] A phase II study, the CORE trial, is currently being conducted in patients with newly diagnosed glioblastoma and unmethylated MGMT promoter status.[12]
PATENThttps://patents.google.com/patent/CN102731627A/enEMD121974 (Cilengitide), the Chinese another name: ring (L-arginyl glycyl-L-aspartoyl-D-phenylalanyl-N-methyl-L-valyl) is an a kind of new classification cancer therapy drug of synthetic.Merkel company discovers that EMD121974 amalgamation radiotherapy (merging to reach assists TM to add radiotherapy) possibly prolong lifetime; Simultaneously integrate plain supressor antitumor drug as first; Got into the III clinical trial phase, its important mechanism is to grow targeting that the blood supply structure of nutrition, the growth of promotion cancer cell is provided in tumour and for tumour through line artery.The EMD121974 molecular formula is: C 27H 40N 8O 7, have following structure: The preparation method of cyclic peptide mainly contains liquid phase synthesis process, solid phase synthesis precursor peptide cyclization process, process for solid phase synthesis in liquid phase at present; Wherein preceding two kinds of synthesis techniques all are the cyclisation in liquid phase of synthetic precursor peptide, and this method needs reactant in extremely rare solvent, to react (10 -3～10 -4Mol/L), and intermolecular be prone to react generation line style or cyclic polymer, greatly reduced the cyclisation yield, bring trouble for follow-up purifying, and in large-scale production, produce a large amount of waste liquids, be unfavorable for suitability for industrialized production.In conjunction with the structure of EMD121974, utilize the false rare principle of benefit of solid phase, developed a kind of efficient cyclization reaction, the cyclisation time shortens to 20%～30% of liquid phase cyclisation, and the 2%-8% of solvent as liquid phase used in reaction.Embodiment 1The preparation of Fmoc-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang ResinThe Wang Resin that takes by weighing the 10g substitution degree and be 0.5mmol/g joins in the reactor drum, adds an amount of DCM, and swelling 30min takes out DCM; 6.17g Fmoc-L-Asp-OtBu, DIC 2.40ml, HOBT2.1g are dissolved among the 30ml DMF; At 0-5 ℃ of activation 15min, activation solution is joined in the reactor drum that contains Wang Resin, behind the reaction 10min; Add DMAP 0.18g again, at 0～30 ℃ of reaction 1～5h.After reaction finishes, add sealing Wang Resin unreacted hydroxylation reagent diacetyl oxide 1ml and pyridine 0.5ml, behind the capping 1h, DMF, DCM, the CH of 80ml used in washing successively 3OH, DMF washing 2,1,1,2 times, each 1min.Through detecting, obtain the Fmoc-L-Asp that substitution degree is 0.47mmol/g (OtBu)-Wang Resin.Embodiment 2The EMD121974 precursor:The preparation of A-Wang Resin (Fmoc-D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang Resin)Fmoc-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang Resin is joined in the reactor drum, behind DMF swelling 30min, take out solvent, the piperidines-DMF that adds 80ml 25% reacts 5min, and 80ml DMF washs 1 time (3min), and the piperidines-DMF that adds 80ml 25% reacts 15min; DMF, DCM, the CH of 80ml used in washing successively 3OH, DMF washing 2,1,1,2 times, each 1min; With 4.45g Fmoc-Gly-OH, 5.68g HBTU, 2.03g HOBt, be dissolved among the DMF of 30ml, dissolve the back and added DIEA 2.45ml; 0～5 ℃ of activation 15min; Activation solution is joined in the above-mentioned reactor drum, and behind reaction 1-3h under 0～30 ℃, reaction end detects with ninhydrin method.Adopt aforesaid method coupling Fmoc-L-Arg (Mtr)-OH, Fmoc-N-Me-L-Val, Fmoc-D-Phe-OH successively, finally obtain Fmoc-D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang Resin.Embodiment 3EMD121974 precursor peptide: the preparation of B-Wang Resin (D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp-Wang Resin)With volume ratio is that piperidines-DMF of 25% is the Fmoc deprotection agent of Fmoc-D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang Resin; Add piperidines-DMF 80ml of 25% first time; Reaction 5min, 80ml DMF washs 1 time (3min), adds piperidines-DMF 80ml of 25% for the second time; Behind the reaction 15min, DMF, DCM, the CH of 80ml used in washing successively 3OH, DMF washing 2,1,1,2 times, each 1min gets D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp (OtBu)-Wang Resin after washing finishes.80% the PhOH-DCM solution that adds volume ratio and be 100ml takes off OtBu with the TFA of catalytic amount, reacts 8h; DMF, DCM, the CH of 80ml used in washing successively 3OH, DMF washing 2,1,1,2 times, each 1min gets D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg (Mtr)-Gly-L-Asp-Wang Resin.Embodiment 4The preparation of EMD121974-Wang Resin (Cyclo (D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg-Gly-L-Asp)-Wang Rsin)In above-mentioned reactor drum, add cyclization reagent 3.9g DPPA, 2.5ml DIEA (reactant cyclization reagent amount of substance ratio is 1: 3), at 10～40 ℃ of reaction 3h, the multiple cyclization reagent reaction 3～5h (reaction end detects with ninhydrin method) that throws once above-mentioned equivalent; DMF, DCM, the CH of 80ml used in washing successively 3OH washing 2,1,3 times, each 3min gets Cyclo (D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg-Gly-L-Asp)-Wang Rsin.Embodiment 5The preparation of EMD121974 (Cyclo (D-Phe-N-Me-L-Val-L-Arg-Gly-L-Asp))In above-mentioned reactor drum, add the TFA/H of lytic reagent 120ml again 2Behind O/TlS (volume ratio is 95: 2.5: 2.5) the reaction 3h, suction filtration is removed resin, and filtrating slowly joins in the no water-ice ether; Static 2-5h, high speed centrifugation obtain thick peptide, prepare through high-pressure liquid phase; Lyophilize gets smart EMD121974; Its purity＞99.5%, single impurity＜0.2%, total recovery reaches 63%.Choosing substitution degree in the present embodiment is the Wang Resin of 0.5mmol/g, and can also choose substitution degree is the arbitrary Wang Resin and Fmoc-L-Asp-OtBu prepared in reaction Fmoc-L-Asp (the OtBu)-Wang Resin of 0.4～0.9mmol/g scope.All can realize technical scheme of the present invention, and obtain technique effect of the present invention.Above content is an EMD121974 and become one of best preferred version of route; And to further explain that the present invention did; But can not assert that practical implementation of the present invention is only limited to these explanations; Under the prerequisite that does not break away from the present invention’s design, can also make some simple deductions and replacement, all should be regarded as protection domain of the present invention. CLIPhttps://www.eurekaselect.net/article/2607Cilengitide, a cyclic RGD pentapeptide, is currently in clinical phase III for treatment of glioblastomas and in phase II for several other tumors. This drug is the first anti-angiogenic small molecule targeting the integrins αvβ3, αvβ5 and α5β1. It was developed by us in the early 90s by a novel procedure, the spatial screening. This strategy resulted in c(RGDfV), the first superactive αvβ3 inhibitor (100 to 1000 times increased activity over the linear reference peptides), which in addition exhibited high selectivity against the platelet receptor αIIbβ3. This cyclic peptide was later modified by N-methylation of one peptide bond to yield an even greater antagonistic activity in c(RGDf(NMe)V). This peptide was then dubbed Cilengitide and is currently developed as drug by the company Merck-Serono (Germany). This article describes the chemical development of Cilengitide, the biochemical background of its activity and a short review about the present clinical trials. The positive anti-angiogenic effects in cancer treatment can be further increased by combination with “classical” anti-cancer therapies. Several clinical trials in this direction are under investigation. CLIPJournal of Protein Chemistry
Schematic of the one-step chemoenzymatic synthesis of cilengitide using wild-type Mcy TE. (1) The chemically synthesised (SPPS, solid-phase peptide synthesis) mimetic substrate was condensed with benzyl mercaptane to produce pentapeptide thioester (pentapeptide-BMT). (2) Models of the substrate-O-TE acyl enzyme intermediate are marked with brackets (protein data bank, 1JMK). (3) Mechanism of TE domain catalysis: a pentapeptide -O-TE acyl-enzyme intermediate is formed by transfer of the peptidyl chain from the phosphopantethiene of the terminal peptidyl carrier protein (PCP), which was substituted by benzyl mercaptane, to the active site serine of the TE domain. For hydrolyzing TE domains, the intermediate is captured by water, generating the linear peptide; for cyclizing TE domains, an intramolecular nucleophile captures the intermediate, resulting in “cilengitide” PATENTWO 9745447 WO 9745137 DE 19534177 WO 2000053627 WO 2000047228 US 20040063790 WO 2009124754 WO 2011079015 WO 2011069629 WO 2011144756WO 2016059622 PATENTWO 2012062777https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2012062777A1/enSynthesis of cyclic peptidesCyclo[-Arg-Gly-Asp- 6 or 7 -Phe-Val-Ala-] (1 and 2). Resin loading. 2- chlorotrityl chloride-resin ( 1 50 m g , 1 .5m m ol/g ) was p laced i n a 20 m l polypropylene syringe fitted with a polyethylene filter disk. The resin was then washed with CH2CI2 (5 χ 0.5 min), and a solution of Fmoc-L-Gly-OH (334 mg, 1 .125 mmol, 5 equiv) and DIEA (239 μΙ_, 6.25 equiv) in CH2CI2 (2.5 ml_) was added. The mixture was then stirred for 15 min. Extra DIEA (239 μΙ_, total 12.5 mmol) was added, and the mixture was stirred for an additional 45 min. The reaction was stopped by adding 3 χ DCM/ MeOH/ DIEA (85: 10:5) and stirring for 1 0 m in. The Fmoc-L-Gly-O-resin product was subjected to the following washings/treatments with CH2CI2 (3 χ 0.5 min), DMF (3 χ 0.5 min), piperidine and DMF (5 χ 0.5 min). The loading was 0.50 mmol/g, as calculated by Fmoc determination.Peptide coupling. Fmoc-L-Arg(Pbf)-OH (243 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv), Fmoc- L-Ala-OH (1 17 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv), Fmoc-L-Val-OH ( 127 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) and Fmoc- L-Phe-OH ( 145 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) were added sequentially to the above obtained H-L-Gly-O-resin using HCTU (155 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv), HOBt (50 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) and DIEA (127 μΙ_, 0.75 mmol, 10 equiv) in DMF (2.5 ml_). In all cases, after 90 min of coupling, the ninhydrin test was negative. Removal of Fmoc group and washings were performed as described in general procedures. /V-Alloc-thiazole 6 or 7 (92 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) was coupled with HATU (143 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv), HOAt (51 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) and DIEA (127 μΙ_, 0.75 mmol, 10 equiv) for 90 min. This coupling was repeated twice in the same conditions. The Alloc group of the peptide resin was removed with Pd (PPh3)4 (9 mg, 0.0075 mmol, 0.1 equiv) in the presence of PhSiH3 (92.5 μΙ_, 0.75 mmol, 10 equiv) in DCM for 20 min. This deprotection was repeated three times in the same conditions. After washing, the resin was treated with dry THF (2ml_) for 15 min. Meanwhile, Fmoc-L-Asp(tBu)-OH (154 mg, 0.375 mmol, 5 equiv) was added to a 68 mM solution of triphosgene in dry THF (1 .15 equiv). Sym-collidine (99.5 μΙ_, 0.75 mmol, 10 equiv) was added to the clear solution, upon which a precipitate of collidinium chloride was formed. DIEA (102 μΙ_, 0.6 mmol, 8 equiv) was added to the resin, immediately followed by addition of the suspension. This coupling was repeated four times in the same conditions. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50 °C during 48 h.Peptide cleavage. Following Fmoc deprotection, the peptidyl-resin was treated with TFA-CH2CI2 (1 :99) (5 χ 30 s). The filtrate was collected on H20 (4 ml_) and the H20 was partially removed under reduced pressure. MeCN was then added to dissolve solid that formed during the removal of H20, and the solution was lyophilized to give 12 mg and 10 mg of the linear compounds 28 and 29 respectively with a purity of > 91 % as checked by HPLC (Column A, Rt 7.43 min and Rt 7.38 min respectively, linear gradient 35%-40% ACN in 15 min.)], which was used without further purification. MALDI-TOF-MS calculated for C50H71 N11 O13S2 1098.29; found mlz 1099.29 [M + H]+, 1 121 .28 [M + Na]+, 1 137.39 [M + K]+.Synthesis in solution. Cyclization. The protected linear peptides 28 and 29 were dissolved in DMF (1 L, 10“4 M), and HOAt (9.6 mg, 0.07 mmol, 5 equiv), DIPEA (24 μΙ_, 0.14 mmol, 10 equiv), and PyAOP (36.6 mg, 0.07 mmol, 5 equiv) were added. The mixture was stirred for 24 h at room temperature, and the course of the cyclization step was then checked by HPLC (Column A, Rt 1 1 -67 min and Rt 10.70 min respectively, linear gradient 45%-55% ACN in 15 min.). The solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure and the protected cycle 30 and 31 were used in the next step without further purification. MALDI-TOF-MS calculated for C50H69N11 O12S2 1080.28; found mlz 1081 .28 [M + H]+, 1 103.27 [M + Na]+, 1 1 19.38 [M + K]+.Side chain deprotection. The protected cyclopeptides 30 and 31 (14.7 mg, 19.04 pmol) were treated with TFA-H20 (95: 5) during 1 h. The solvent was removed by evaporation under reduced pressure.Peptide purification. The crude product was purified by HPLC (Symmetry C8 5 μη-Ί, 30 mm x 100 mm), gradient of MeCN (30% to 75% in 15 min) MeCN (+0.05% TFA) in water (+0.05% TFA), 20 mL/min, detection at 220 nm, to give the cyclopeptides 1 and 2 (4.5 mg, 5.8 pmol and 6.5 mg, 8.37 pmol, 7.7% and 12% yield respectively). The products were characterized by HPLC (Rt 8.99 min, and Rt 8.02 min Column A, respectively, linear gradient 0%-100% ACN in 1 5 min. ) and by MALDI-TOF-MS: calculated for C33H45N11 O9S 771 .84; found mlz 772.84 [M + H]+, 794.83 [M + Na]+, 810.94 [M + K]+.Cyc/o-[Arg-Gly-Asp-Thz1X-] (3). General procedure for cyclopeptide synthesis. Solid phase synthesis: The synthesis of the linear peptide H- Asp(tBu)-XX-Arg(Pbf)-Gly-OH was performed using Fmoc-based solid phase peptide synthesis with 2-chlorotrityl chloride resin (2.0 g, 3.2 mmol).Resin loading: Fmoc-Gly-OH (594 mg, 2.0 mmol) was attached to the resin with DIPEA in DCM at room temperature for 1 .5 h. The remaining trityl groups were capped adding 0.5 mL of MeOH for 30 min. After that, the resin was filtered and washed with DCM (2x), DMF (2x). The loading of the resin was determined by titration of the Fmoc group (Chan WC and White PD. Fmoc Solid Phase Peptide Synthesis. Oxford University Press: New York, 2000). The final loading was 2.0 mmol/g. The Fmoc group was eliminated by treatment with 20% piperidine in DMF (2X10 min). The resin was washed with DMF (3x), DCM (3x). Peptide coupling: Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH (5.19 g, 8.0 mmol), DIPCDI (1.23 mL, 8.0 mmol) and HOBt (1.08 g, 8.0 mmol) were dissolved in DMF and added to the resin for 1 .5 h. The end of the coupling was monitored by ninhydrin test (free amine group) (Kaiser E et al. Anal Biochem 1970, 34:595-598). The resin was filtered and washed with DMF (3X) and DCM (3X). The Fmoc group was eliminated with 20 % piperidine in DMF (2X10 min).The coupling of the thiazole module was carried out with 8 (1 .14 g, 3.0 mmol), PyAOP (1 .56 g, 3.0 mmol) and DIPEA (1 .02 mL, 6.0 mmol) in DMF for 1 .5 h. The completion of the reaction was checked with the ninhydrin test. Finally the deprotection of the amine and coupling of the Fmoc-Asp(‘Bu)-OH were carried out under the same conditions of the second amino acid.Peptide cleavage: The resin bound peptide was treated with 2% TFA in DCM (6 x 30 sec.) The resin was washed with DCM and the combined solution was evaporated under vacuum with Et20 several times, furnishing the linear peptide 32 as a white solid. The peptide was used for the next step without purification.H PLC (gradient 20 to 80% of CH3CN in 1 5 m in): tR= 8.33 min. HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 795.3.Synthesis in solution. Cyclization: The product 32 (200 mg, 0.251 mmol) was dissolved in anhydrous DMF (50 mL, 5 mM), PyAOP (262 mg, 0.503 mmol) and DIPEA (213 μί, 1 .255 mmol) were added. The reaction was monitored by HPLC. Once the reaction was finished, the DMF was evaporated under vacuum. The crude was dissolved in AcOEt and the solution was washed with NH4CISat and Na2CO3 sat. The organic layer was collected, dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The peptide was purified by flash chromatography (CHCIs/MeOH 8:2) furnishing the protected cyclic peptide 33 as a white solid (1 56 mg, XX%). HPLC (gradient 40 to 90% of CH3CN in 1 5 min): tR= 8.86 min. HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 778.2Side chain deprotection: The protected peptide 33 (125 mg, XX mmol), was treated with 25 mL of a solution of TFA H2O (95:5). After 3 h, the solvent was evaporated under vacuum and the residue was precipitated with Et2O (4X). The Et2O solution was discarded and the white solid was lyophilized to afford 3 55 mg (XX%).
Peptide purification. The end product 3 was dissolved in 5 ml MilliQ water and it was filtered through a 0.2 pm filter. The cyclic peptide was purified by semipreparative RP-HPLC using acetronitrile (0.05% TFA)/water (0.1 % TFA). The HPLC sample was vacuum concentred and transformed into the hydrochloride salt lyophilized with water with 0.05% HCI.1H-NMR (500 MHz, H20:D20-d2 9: 1 , 278 K): δ = 9.29 (t, NH Gly), 9.20 (d, J = 7.24 Hz, NH Asp), 8.90 (t, J = 5.89/5.89 Hz, NH Thz), 8.46 (d, J = 8.93 Hz, NH Arg), 7.79 (s, CH Thz), 7.22 (t, J = 5.39/5.39 Hz, ΝΗε Arg), 4.75 (m, CHa Arg), 4.63 (m, CHa Asp), 4.04 (dd, J = 3.35/14.90 Hz, CHa Gly), 3.82 (dd, J = 6.69/14.96 Hz, CHa Gly), 3.17 (m, CH25 Arg), 2.89 (m, CH2p Asp), 1 .92 (m, CH p Arg), 1 .82 (m, CHP Arg), 1 .63 (m, CH2 Arg). HPLC (gradient 0 to 20% of CH3CN in 15 min): tR= 10.52 m in. HRMS (E IS) m/z calculated 468.1540
found 469.16099 (M+H)+.Cyc/o-[Arg-Gly-Asp-Thz2X-] (4). The cyclopeptide 4 was prepared according to the process followed for 3 and using bithiazole 9 (XX mg, YY mmol) instead of 8. The linear peptide 34: HPLC (gradient 0 to 100% CH3CN in 15 min.): tR = 10.34 min, HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 877.81 . The protected peptide 35: HPLC (gradient 0 to 100% CH3CN in 15 min.): tR = 13.91 min, HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 860.54. The final peptide 4: 1H-NMR (500 MHz, H20:D20-d2 9: 1 , 298 K): δ = 8.93 (sbroad, NH Gly), 8.82 (d, J = 7.62 Hz, NH Asp), 8.75 (t, J = 5.69/5.69 Hz, NH Thz), 8.51 (d, J = 7.62 Hz, NH Arg), 8.05 (s, CH Thz1), 7.50 (s, CH Thz2), 7.19 (t, J = 5.38/5.38 Hz, ΝΗε Arg), 4.13 (dd, J = 5.82/14.24 Hz, CH Gly), 3.87 (dd, J = 5.96/15.69 Hz, CH Gly), 3.21 (m , CH25 Arg), 2.94 (m, CH2p Asp), 1 .95 (m , CHP Arg), 1 .87 (m , CHP Arg), 1 .68 (m , CH2y Arg). HPLC (gradient 1 0 to 25% of CH3CN in 1 5 m in): tR = 8.73 min. HRMS (EIS) m/z calculated 551 .1369 (C2oH25N906S2) found 552.14392 (2M+2H)+.Cyc/o-[Arg-Gly-Asp-Thz3X-] (5). The cyclopeptide 5 was prepared according to the process for 3 and using trithiazole 10 (XX mg, YY mmol) instead of 8. The linear peptide 36: HPLC (gradient 20 to 80% of CH3CN in 15 min.): tR = 7.60 min, HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 961 .23. The protected peptide 37: HPLC (gradient 20 to 80% of CH3CN in 15 m in. ): tR = 1 3.13 min, HPLC-MS (ES(+)): m/z 944.3. The final peptide 5: HPLC (gradient 10 to 30% CH3CN in 15 m in): tR = 8.26 m in. HRMS (E IS) m/z calculated 634.1 1 99 (C23H26N10O6S3) found 635.12683 (2M+2H)+. 1H-NMR (500 MHz, DMSO-d6 298 K): δ = 9.21 (t, J = 5.4, NH Gly), 8.72 (m, NH Asp + NH Thz), 8.37 (s, CH Thz1), 7.96 (d, J = 9.2, NHa Arg), 7.77 (s, CH Thz2), 7.68 (t, J = 6.0, ΝΗε Arg), 7.23 (s, CH Thz3), 4.83 (dd, J = 14.3, 8.5, CHa Arg), 4.72 (dd, J = 16.3, 6.6, CH Thz), 4.59 (m, CH Thz + CHa Asp), 3.89 (d, J = 1 1 .5, CH Gly), 3.59 (d, J = 9.7, CH Gly), 3.13 (dd, J = 12.6, 6.3, CH25 Arg), 2.81 (dd, J = 16.3, 4.3, CHP Asp), 2.58 (dd, J = 16.5, 8.7, CHP Asp), 1 .82 (m, CHP Arg), 1 .71 (m, CHP Arg), 1 .49 (m, CH2y Arg).Cilengitide. The cilengitide was prepared according to the method described in Dechantsreiter MA et al. (J Med Chem 1999, 42:3033-3040). 1H- NMR (500 MHz, H20:D20-d2 9: 1 , 298 K): δ = 8.55 (d, J = 8.06 Hz, NH Asp), 8.37 (d, J = 7.28 Hz, NH Arg), 8.13 ( d, J = 9.19 Hz, NH Phe), 7.97 (m, NH Gly), 7.34 (m, 2H, C6H5 Phe), 7.26 (m, 3H, C6H5 Phe), 7.22 (t, J = 5.53/5.53 Hz, ΝΗε Arg), 5.19 (dd, J = 8.58/16.02 Hz, CHa Phe), 4.56 (dd, J = 7.45/- Hz, CHa Asp), 4.34 (d, J = 10.89 Hz, CHa MeVal), 4.12 (dd, J = 7.80/14.63 Hz, CH Gly), 3.95 (dd, J = 6.84/15.33 Hz, CHa Arg), 3.54 (dd, J = 3.37/14.60 Hz, CH Gly), 3.20 (m , CH25 Arg), 3.02 (m, CH2p Phe), 2.88 (s, CH3 MeVal), 2.84 (dd, J = 7.26/16.68 Hz, CHP Asp), 2.63 (dd, J = 7.60/16.54 Hz, CHP Asp), 2.06 (m, CHP Val), 1 .91 (m, CH2p Arg), 1 .57 (m, CH2 Asp), 0.88 (d, J = 6.55 Hz, CH3 Val1), 0.56 (d, J = 6.49 Hz, CH3 Val2). PAPERJournal of medicinal chemistry (1999), 42(16), 3033-40.Peptide Science (2001), Volume Date2000, 37th, 249-250. Current opinion in investigational drugs (London, England : 2000) (2003), 4(6), 741-5. Journal of medicinal chemistry (2005), 48(24), 7675-87.Peptide Science (2006), 43rd, 215-216Angewandte Chemie, International Edition (2010), 49(15), 2732-2737, S2732/1-S2732/53.Accounts of Chemical Research (2017), 50(7), 1541-1556.
References
^ Burke PA, DeNardo SJ, Miers LA, Lamborn KR, Matzku S, DeNardo GL (August 2002). “Cilengitide targeting of alpha(v)beta(3) integrin receptor synergizes with radioimmunotherapy to increase efficacy and apoptosis in breast cancer xenografts”. Cancer Research. 62 (15): 4263–72. PMID12154028.
^ Goodman SL, Hölzemann G, Sulyok GA, Kessler H (February 2002). “Nanomolar small molecule inhibitors for alphav(beta)6, alphav(beta)5, and alphav(beta)3 integrins”. Journal of Medicinal Chemistry. 45 (5): 1045–51. doi:10.1021/jm0102598. PMID11855984.
^ Spreitzer H (October 27, 2008). “Neue Wirkstoffe – Cilengitide”. Österreichische Apothekerzeitung (in German) (22/2008): 1136–7.
^ Jump up to:ab Yamada S, Bu XY, Khankaldyyan V, Gonzales-Gomez I, McComb JG, Laug WE (December 2006). “Effect of the angiogenesis inhibitor Cilengitide (EMD 121974) on glioblastoma growth in nude mice”. Neurosurgery. 59 (6): 1304–12, discussion 1312. doi:10.1227/01.NEU.0000245622.70344.BE. PMID17277694. S2CID19861713.
^ Reardon DA, Fink KL, Mikkelsen T, Cloughesy TF, O’Neill A, Plotkin S, et al. (December 2008). “Randomized phase II study of cilengitide, an integrin-targeting arginine-glycine-aspartic acid peptide, in recurrent glioblastoma multiforme”. Journal of Clinical Oncology. 26 (34): 5610–7. CiteSeerX10.1.1.688.8987. doi:10.1200/JCO.2008.16.7510. PMID18981465.
^ ASCO Meeting Library. [1] “Cilengitide combined with standard treatment for patients with newly diagnosed glioblastoma and methylated O6-methylguanine-DNA methyltransferase (MGMT) gene promoter: Key results of the multicenter, randomized, open-label, controlled, phase III CENTRIC study, Date accessed: 3/24/2014
TNO155 is a potent selective and orally active allosteric inhibitor of wild-type SHP2 (IC50=0.011 µM). TNO155 has the potential for the study of RTK-dependent malignancies, especially advanced solid tumors.
Originator Novartis
Developer Mirati Therapeutics; Novartis
Class Antineoplastics
Mechanism of ActionProtein tyrosine phosphatase non receptor antagonists
Phase I/IISolid tumours
Phase IColorectal cancer
11 Jul 2021Phase I trial in Solid tumours is still ongoing in USA, Canada, Japan, South Korea, Netherlands, Singapore, Spain, Taiwan (NCT03114319)
04 Jun 2021Efficacy, safety and pharmacokinetics data from phase I trial in Solid tumours presented at 57th Annual Meeting of the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO-2021)
08 Jan 2021Novartis plans a phase Ib/II trial for Solid tumours (Combination therapy, Inoperable/Unresectable, Late-stage disease, Metastatic disease, Second-line therapy or greater) in February 2021 (NCT04699188)
CLIP
Combinations with Allosteric SHP2 Inhibitor TNO155 to Block Receptor Tyrosine Kinase Signaling
Results: In EGFR-mutant lung cancer models, combination benefit of TNO155 and the EGFRi nazartinib was observed, coincident with sustained ERK inhibition. In BRAFV600E colorectal cancer models, TNO155 synergized with BRAF plus MEK inhibitors by blocking ERK feedback activation by different RTKs. In KRASG12C cancer cells, TNO155 effectively blocked the feedback activation of wild-type KRAS or other RAS isoforms induced by KRASG12Ci and greatly enhanced efficacy. In addition, TNO155 and the CDK4/6 inhibitor ribociclib showed combination benefit in a large panel of lung and colorectal cancer patient–derived xenografts, including those with KRAS mutations. Finally, TNO155 effectively inhibited RAS activation by colony-stimulating factor 1 receptor, which is critical for the maturation of immunosuppressive tumor-associated macrophages, and showed combination activity with anti–PD-1 antibody.
Conclusions: Our findings suggest TNO155 is an effective agent for blocking both tumor-promoting and immune-suppressive RTK signaling in RTK- and MAPK-driven cancers and their tumor microenvironment. Our data provide the rationale for evaluating these combinations clinically.
(3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine, which has the formula I,
WO/2015/107495 A1 describes a method for the manufacture of the compound of the formula I which can be characterized by the following reaction scheme 1:
Scheme 1:
[0008] The last compound resulting from step g above was then reacted as in the following scheme 2:
Scheme 2:
[0009] Thus the compound of formula I is obtained (last compound in the scheme 2, above). The synthesis requires at least the 9 steps shown and is rather appropriate for synthesis in laboratory amounts.
Scheme 1A:
[0016] Therefore, the process, though readily feasible on a laboratory scale, is not ideal for manufacture at a large scale.
[0017] The compound added in reaction b in Scheme 2 is obtained in WO
2015/107495 A1 as “Intermediate 10” follows:
Scheme 3:
[0018] An issue here is the relatively low yield of the amine resulting from reaction a in
Scheme 3.
[0019] In addition, while WO 2015/107495 A1 generically mentions that pharmaceutically acceptable salts of the compound of the formula I may be obtainable, no concrete reason for obtaining such salts and no specific examples of salts are described.
[0020] In addition, given the many potentially salt forming groups in formula I, it is not clear whether any salts with a clear stoichiometry can be formed at all.
Example 1
Method of synthesis of the compound of the formula I ((3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3- chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine):
The overall synthesis can be described by the following Reaction Scheme A:
Scheme A:
Step a
[00293] To a solution of A1 (10.4 kg, 100 mol, 1.0 Eq) in CH2Cl2 (50 L) was added imidazole (8.16 kg, 120 mol, 1.2eq) and TBSCl (18 kg, 120 mol, 1.2 Eq) at 0 °C. After addition, the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 4 h . GC showed the reaction was finished. (A1/ (A1 + A2) < 1%). The reaction mixture was quenched with saturated NaHCO3 (14L) at 0-5°C. Phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine (14L). The organic layer was dried over Na2SO4, concentrated under vacuum at 40-45°C to afford A2 (23.3 kg, assay 88%, yield 94%) which was used for the next step directly. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ = 4.35 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.48 (s, J= 8.8
Hz, 3H), 0.93 (s, 9H), 0.09 (s, 6H).
Step b
[00294] To a solution of A2 (7.5 kg, 34.3 mol, 1.0 Eq) and N,O-dimethylhydroxylamine hydrochloride (6.69 kg, 68.6mol, 2.0 Eq) in THF (20 L) was added drop-wise a solution
of chloro(isopropyl)magnesium (2 M, 51.45 L, 3.5 Eq) at 0 °C under N2 over 5-6 h. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 °C for 1h, GC showed the reaction was finished (A2/(A2+A3) < 2 %). The mixture was quenched with NH4Cl (25 L) slowly by keeping the temperature at 0-5°C. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 30min. Phase was separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with EA(2 x 20 L). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (25L), dried over Na2SO4, concentrated to give A3(9.4 kg, assay 86%, yield 95%) which was used for the next step directly. 1HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 4.67 (m, J= 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.70 (s, 3H), 3.21 (s, 3H), 3.17 (d, 3H)2.48 (s , J= 6.6 Hz, 3H), 0.90 (s, 9H), 0.10 (s, 3H), 0.08 (s, 3H).
Step c
[00295] To a solution of A3 (7.1 kg, assay 86%, 24.65 mol, 1.0 Eq) in DCM (30 L) was added dropwise a solution of LiAlH4 (2.4 M, 11.3 L, 1.1 Eq) at -70 °C under N2. Then the reaction mixture was stirred at -70 °C for 3h, and TLC showed the reaction was finished (PSC-1). The mixture was warmed to 0 °C, and then quenched with sat. potassium sodium tartrate (35 L) at 0 °C. After addition, DCM (20L) was added and stirred for 2h at 20-25°C. Phases were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (25 L). The combined organic phase was charged with sat. citric acid (45L) and stirred at 0°C for 8h. Phase was separated. The organic phase was washed with NaHCO3 (25L), brine (25 L), dried over Na2SO4, and the solvent was removed under vacuum at 25-30°C. n-Heptane (10 L) was added to the residue and concentrated under vacuum at 30-35°C. n-Heptane (10 L) was added to the residue again and concentrated under vacuum at 30-35°C to give A4 (4.2 kg, assay
60%, yield 54%) which was used for the next step directly.
Step d
[00296] To a solution of diisopropylamine (3.06 kg, 30.3 mol, 1.5 eq) in THF (20 L) cooled to approximately -10°C was added 2.5 M n-BuLi (12.12 L, 30.3 mol, 1.5 eq) under N2. The resulting mixture was stirred at approximately -10 °C for 30min, then a solution of A5 (5.2 kg, 20.20 mol, 1.0eq) in THF (10 L) was added slowly. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at -10°C for 30 min, and then cooled to -50°C. A4 (4.18 kg, 22.22 mol, 1.1eq) was added dropwise. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred at -50°C for 30 min. The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (30L) and water (10L) at -50°C. The reaction mixture was warmed to 20-25°C. Phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (3 x 20 L). All organic phases were combined and washed with brine(20L), then concentrated to a yellow oil which was purified by column (silica gel, 100-200 mesh, eluted with n-heptane:EA from 50:1 to 10:1) to give A6 (5.5 kg, assay 90 %, yield 55%) as pale yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 4.35-4.15 (m, 2H), 3.95-3.74 (m, 3H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 2.67(m, 2H), 2.12-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.75-1.52 (m, 4H), 1.49 (s, 9H), 1.35-1.10 (m, 6H), 0.98 (s,
9H), 0.02 (s, 6H).
Step e
[00297] To a solution of A6 (11.4 kg, 25.58 mol, 1.0eq) in THF (60 L) was added LiBH4
(836 g, 38.37 mol, 1.5eq) in portions at 5-10 °C, and the reaction mixture was stirred at 20-25 °C for 18 h. HPLC showed the reaction was finished (A6/(A6+A7)<2%). The mixture was cooled to l0°C and slowly quenched with saturated NaHCO3 solution (15 L) and water (25L) with vigorously stirring. After gas formation stopped, vacuum filtration was applied to remove solids. The solid was washed with EA (2 x 15 L). Phase was separated; the aqueous phase was extracted with EA (3 x15L). All organic phases were combined and washed with brine (15L), and concentrated to obtain crude A7 (13.8 kg, assay 58%, yield 77%) which was used for the next step directly.
Step f
[00298] To a solution of A7 (8 kg, 19.82 mol, 1.0 eq) in THF (40 L) under nitrogen atmosphere was added TsCl (5.28 kg, 27.75 mol, 1.4 eq) at 10-15°C. After addition, the mixture was cooled to 0 °C, and 1M LiHMDS (29.7 L, 29.73 mol, 1.5 eq) was added dropwise during 2h. After addition, the mixture was stirred at 0°C for 3h. HPLC showed the reaction was finished (PSC-1 A7/ (A7+A8)<7%). TBAF (20.72 kg, 65.67 mol, 3.3 eq) was added into the mixture at 0 °C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 25-30 °C for 48h. HPLC showed the reaction was finished ( PSC-2, A9-intermedaite/(A9-intermediate+A9) < 2%). The mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous sodium bicarbonate solution (32L) and stirred for 30min at 0 °C. Phase was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with EA (3 x 20 L). The combined organic phase was washed with brine(20 L), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to a yellow oil which was purified by column (eluted with n-heptane:EA from 10:1 to 1:1) to give A9 (4.42 kg, assay 90%, yield 74 %) as pale yellow solid.
Step g
[00299] To a solution of A9 (4.0 kg, 14.74 mol, 1.0 eq) in DCM (40 L) cooled on an ice-bath was added DMP (9.36 kg, 23.58mol, 1.6eq) in portions, and it resulted in a suspension. After addition, the mixture stirred for 4 hours at 20-25°C. HPLC showed the reaction was finished (A9/(A9+A10)<2%). DCM (30L) was added at 0°C. After addition, the mixture was quenched with saturated aqueous Na2SO3 (20 L). The mixture was stirred for 30min at 0 °C, filtered and the white solid was washed with DCM (2 x15L). Phase was separated, and the organic phase was cooled to 0°C, to which was added saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (20L) and stirred for 1h. Phase was separated, and the organic phase was washed with brine(25L), dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to a yellow oil which was purified by column (eluted with n-heptane:EA from 50:1 to 10:1) to give A10 (3.70 kg, assay 88%, ee value 95.3%, yield 82%) as white solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 4.20 (d, J = 8.0 Hz,
[00300] To a solution of A10 (4.60 kg, 17.08 mol, 1.0 eq) in THF (40 L) was added
Ti(OEt)4 (15.58 kg, 68.32 mol, 4.0 eq) and (R)-t-Butyl sulfmamide (4.14 kg, 34.16 mol, 2.0 eq) at 25 °C. After addition, the mixture was heated to 70°C and stirred for 20h. HPLC showed the reaction was finished (PSC-l, A10/(A10+A12)<4%). The mixture was cooled to -30— 40°C, and MeOH (4 L) was added dropwise within 30 min and stirred for 1 h. 2M L1BH4 (8.1 L) solution was added dropwise to the reaction mixture at -40- -50°C and stirred for 1h. HPLC indicated all of imine was consumed (PSC-2, A12/(A12+A13)<1%). The mixture was warmed to -30 °C and stirred for 1h, then warmed to 0 °C within 2 h and stirred for 1h, then warmed to 20-25 °C and stirred for 30min. IP AC ( 25L) was added to above mixture, NaHCO3(5L) was added dropwise in about 1h at 25 °C and stirred for 30 min. The mixture was filtered under vacuum and the cake was washed with IP AC (8 x15L). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (25L), then evaporated under vacuum to get a solution of A13
(about 28kg) which was used for next step.
Step i
[00301] To a mixture of A13 in IPAC (about 28 kg, 17.08 mol, 1.0 eq) was added dropwise
4M HCl/IPA (8.54 L, 34.16 mol, 2.0 eq) at -5 °C and stirred for 5h at -5 °C. HPLC showed that A13 was consumed completely (A13/(A14+A13)<1%). MTBE (25 L) was added to above mixture within
30 min and stirred for 30 min at -5 °C .The solid was collected by vacuum filtration. The cake was washed with MTBE (2 x 2.5 L). The wet cake was used for next step directly.
Step j
[00302] The wet solid A14 (from 9.2 kg A10) was stirred in MTBE(76 L) at 25°C, then the
16% NaOH (9.84 kg) solution was added dropwise to the MTBE suspension while maintaining IT<10ºC. After addition, the mixture was stirred for 15 min and all solids were dissolved at 0°C. The organic phase was separated, and the aqueous phase was extracted with MTBE (2 x 20L). The combined organic phase was washed with brine (10 L) and evaporated under vacuum to remove all MTBE. ACN (24 L) was added to above residue, and the mixture was evaporated under vacuum to remove the organic solvents and yielded a crude A15 (5.42 kg, qnmr 90%, 18.04 mol, 1.0 eq). ACN (34.68 kg) was added to above residue and stirred for 10 min at 65°C. A solution of (-)-O-acetyl-D-mandelic acid (3.15kg,16.2 mol, 0.9 eq) in ACN(11.6 kg) was added drop-wise to the mixture (firstly added 1/3, stirred for 0.5 h, then added the others) over 3h. The mixture was stirred for 1 h at 65°C, then cooled to 25°C over 4h and stirred for l2h at 25°C . The solid was collected by vacuum filtration, and the cake was washed with pre-cooled ACN (2 x15kg) (PSC-1) and dried under vacuum to give
A16 (7.36 kg, yield 46% from A10 to A16). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 7.43-7.29 (m, 5H),
[00303] To a solution of A16 (15 g) in MeOH (90 mL) was added dropwise 5N HC1/IPA
(45 mL) at room temperature within 15 minutes. After the addition, the mixture was stirred for 6 hours.
IP AC (180 mL) was added dropwise to above mixture within 1h at room temperature. The resulting mixture was stirred for another 30 minutes before it was cooled to 0-5 °C. The mixture was stirred at 0- 5 °C for another 2h and the precipitants were collected by filtration. The cake was washed with (45*2 mL) IP AC, dried under vacuum at 60 °C overnight to afford the product as a white solid. 1H NMR (400
[00304] To a mixture of A17 (10 g) and Z17a (9.5 g) in DMAC (60 mL) was added K2CO3
(22.5 g) and H2O (40 mL) at room temperature. The mixture was degassed with nitrogen and stirred at
90 °C overnight. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with Me-THF (500 mL) and
H2O (280 mL). The organic phase was separated and the aqueous phase was extracted with Me-THF
(300 mL*2). The combined organic phases were washed with brine (200 mL*3), concentrated under
vacuum to remove most of the solvent. The residue was diluted with IPA (60 mL) and H2O (20 mL), stirred at 50 °C for 1h, cooled to 5 °C within 3h, stirred at this temperature for 1h. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration, dried under vacuum to afford the product as a yellow solid (l2g,
Formation of the succinate salt of the compound of the formula I:
[00305] The reaction is summarized by the following Reaction Scheme:
[00306] To a mixture of A18 (10 g) in MeOH (76 g) and H2O (24 g) was added succinic acid (2.94 g) at room temperature. The mixture was heated to 50 °C and stirred for 30 minutes to dissolve all solid. The solution was added to IPA (190 mL) at 60-65 °C. The resulting mixture was stirred at 60 °C >5 hours, cooled to -15 °C within 5 hours and stirred at this temperature >4 hours. The solid was collected by vacuum filtration, dried under vacuum to afford the product as an off-white solid(l0.8 g, 82.8%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6)δ = 7.64 (d, J= 6.2 Hz, 1H), 7.63 (s, 1H), 6.26 (s, 2H), 6.16 (s, 2H), 5.74 (d, J= 5.3 Hz, 1H), 4.12 – 4.02 (m, 1H), 3.90 – 3.78 (m, 2H), 3.67 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.49 (d, J= 8.4 Hz, 1H), 3.33 (s, 2H), 2.91 (d, J= 5.1 Hz, 1H), 2.34 (s, 4H), 1.71 – 1.60 (m, 4H), 1.13 (d, J = 6.5 Hz, 3H).
[00307] In a special variant, the reaction follows the following Reaction Scheme, also including an optional milling to yield the final product:
Example 3
Formation of the intermediate Z17a (3-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)-6-chloropyrazin-2- amine). Variant 1:
[00308] The compound Z17a was obtained by reaction according to the following Reaction
Scheme:
[00309] In detail, the synthesis of Compound Z17a was carried out as follows:
Step a
[00310] Under nitrogen atmosphere, n-BuLi (2.5M, 7.6 L) was added dropwise to a solution of 3-chloro-2-fluoropyridine (2 kg) in THF (15 L) at -78°C. Then the resultant mixture was stirred for 1h. Then a solution of I2 (4.82 kg) in THF (6 L) was added dropwise. After addition, the reaction mixture was stirred for 30 min, and then quenched with sat. Na2SO3 (10 L), and warmed to 20- 25°C. Phase was separated. The aqueous phase was extracted with EA (2 x 10 L). The combined organic phase was washed with sat.Na2SO3 (2 x 8 L), brine (8 L), and dried over Na2SO4. The organic phase was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was slurried in MeOH (4 L), filtered, and dried to offer 3-chloro-2-fluoro-4-iodopyridine 1c (2.2 kg, yield 68%).
Step b
[00311] Into a solution of Compound 1c (8 kg) in DMSO (48 L) was passed through NH3
(gas) at 80 °C overnight. TLC showed the reaction was finished. The reaction mixture was cooled to RT. The reaction mixture was added to water (140 L). The solid was collected and washed with water (25 L), dried to afford Z17b (6.91 kg, yield 87%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) δ = 7.61 (d, J= 6.8 Hz,
1H), 7.14 (s , J= 6.8 Hz, 1H), 5.09 (bs, 2H).
Step c
[00312] A solution of 2-amino-6-chloro-pyrazine la (1 kg, 7.69 mol) in DCM (15 L) was heated to reflux, to which was charged NBS (4l7g) in portions during 1 h. The reaction was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was washed with water (3 L) and brine (3 L). The organic phase was evaporated, and the residue was purified by column chromatography to give product Z17f
[00313] To a solution of 3-bromo-6-chloropyrazin-2-amine Z17f (6.0 kg, 28.78 mol) in 1,4- Dioxane (40 L) was added Pd(OAc)2 (64.56 g, 287.6 mmol), Xantphos (333 g, 575.6 mmol), and DIPEA (7.44 kg, 57.56 mol) at room temperature under nitrogen. After another 30 minutes purging with nitrogen, methyl 3-mercaptopropanoate (3.81 kg, 31.70 mol) was added, resulting in darkening of the orange mixture. The mixture was heated to 90°C. HPLC showed complete conversion of the starting material. The mixture was allowed to cool to about room temperature, then diluted with EtOAc (40L). After aging for 30 min with stirring, the entire mixture was filtered and solids were washed with EtOAc (3 x 15L). The combined orange filtrate was concentrated to dryness and the solid residue was suspended in DCM (45 L). The mixture was heated to 35-40 °C and stirred for 1h until all solids were dissolved. Then n-heptane (45L) was added dropwise. Upon complete addition, the mixture was cooled to 15-20 °C with stirring for 1h. The solids were collected by vacuum filtration and solids were washed with cold 1:1 DCM/heptane (25 L), then heptane (25 L) (PSC-2). The solids were dried over the weekend to give Z17d (5.32 kg, yield 75%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 7.83 (s, 1H), 4.88 (bs,
[00314] To a solution of Z17d (8.0 kg, assay 95%, 30.68 mol) in THF (70 L) was added
EtONa (prepared from 776 g Na and 13.6 L EtOH) at room temperature and the mixture was stirred at
ambient temperature for 1 hour. The mixture was then concentrated to a wet yellow solid by rotary evaporation and the residue was suspended in DCM (40L). The mixture stirred under N2 for l6h. The solids were collected by vacuum filtration and the cake was washed with DCM (about 15 L) until the filtrate was colorless (PSC-2). The solids were then dried under vacuum to give Z17c (6.93 kg, qNMR
[00315] To a mixture of Z17c (6.95 kg, assay 72%, 27.23 mol) in l,4-dioxane (72 L) was added Xantphos (233 g, 411 mmol, 0.015 eq), Pd2(dba)3 (186 g, 206 mmol, 0.0075 eq), Z17b (7.13 kg, 28.02 mol) and DIPEA (7.02 kg, 54.46 mol). The system was vacuated and purged with nitrogen gas three times. The mixture was stirred at 65 °C for 16 h under N2. The mixture was cooled to RT and water (50 L) was added, filtered. The cake was washed with EA (25 L). The filtrate was extracted with EA (4 x 20 L). The organic phase was concentrated in vacuum to offer the crude product which was combined with the cake. Then DCM (60 L) was added to the crude product and stirred at 25-30°C for l8h and then filtered. The filter cake was slurried with CH2Cl2 (30 L) for 4 hrs and filtered. The filter cake was slurred in CH2Cl2 (30 L) for 16 hrs and filtered. Then the filter cake was dried in vacuum to give Z17a (3-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)-6-chloropyrazin-2-amine; 9.1 kg, 84 %) as light yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 7.89 (s, 1H), 7.7 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H), 7.18 (bs, 2H), 6.40 (bs, 2H), 5.97 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 1H).
Example 4
Alternative formation of the intermediate Z17a (here also named Y7a)
[00316] By way of alternative and according to a preferred reaction method, the compound of the formula Z17a was obtained according to the following Reaction Scheme:
In detail, the synthesis of the compound of the formula Y7a = Z17a was carried out as follows:
(25% wt, 364.00 g, 400 mL, 2.68 mol, 6.14 equiv) were added to a 1-L sealed reactor. The mixture was heated to 80 °C and stirred for 24 h, and the reaction was completed. The reaction mixture was cooled to 30 °C and filtered to give a brown filter cake. The brown filter cake was dissolved in acetone
(50 mL), and filtered. To the filtrate was added petroleum ether (300 mL). The suspension was stirred for 4 h, and filtered to give the crude product. The crude product was slurried in combined solvents of petroleum ether and acetone (10/1, 200 mL) and filtered to give the product Y7d (51.00 g, 307.91 mmol, 80% yield) as a light yellow solid. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 7.63 (s, 1H).
Step b
[00318] To a 200 mL round bottom flask was added Na2S (10.816 g, 44wt% containing crystalline water, 60.978mmol) and toluene (100 mL). The mixture was heated to reflux, and water was removed with a Dean-Stark trap (about 5~6 mL water was distilled out). After cooling, the mixture was concentrated to dryness.
[00319] To above round bottom flask was added Y7d (5.000 g, 30.489mmol) and 2-methylbutan-2-ol (50 mL), the reaction was heated to reflux and stirred for 36 h. After cooling to 25 °C, the mixture was filtered. The solvent of the filtrate was exchanged with n-heptane (5 V, 3 times, based on Y7d), and finally concentrated to IV residue. THF (25 mL) was charged to the residue at 25 °C and stirred. The suspension was filtered and washed with THF/n-heptane (5 mL/5 mL) to give a brown solid (6.200 g).
[00320] To another 200 mL round bottom flask was added above brown solid (6.200 g),
10% brine (25 mL), Me-THF (30 mL) and n-Bu4NBr (9.829 g, 30.489 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 0.5 h at room temperature, and the phases were separated. The organic phase was washed with 20% brine (25 mL), and exchanged the solvent with iso-propanol (5 V *3 times, based on Y7d) to give the iso-propanol solution of Y7c (27.000g, 99.2% purity by HPLC area, 58.08% assay yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ = 6.88 (s, 1H), 2.97 – 2.92 (m, 14H), 1.38 – 1.31 (m, 14H), 1.13 – 1.04 (m,
14H), 0.73 – 0.69 (t, 21H).
Step c
[00321] To a 25-mL round-bottom flask was added Y7c (4.7g, 23.27wt%, IPA solution from Step b, 2.723 mmol, 1.0 equiv), Y7b (1.052 g, 4.085 mmol, 1.5 equiv), l,lO-Phenanthroline (0.05 g, 0.272 mmol) and water (8 mL). The mixture was purged with nitrogen gas three times, and Cul (0.026 g, 0.136 mmol) was added under nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was heated up to 65 °C and stirred for 3 h, and the reaction was completed. The reaction was cooled to room temperature and filtered, and the filter cake was washed with water (4 mL*3). The filter cake was slurried in MTBE (6 mL) for 30 min and filtered. The filter cake was washed with MTBE (6 mL) and dried to afford Y7a which is Z17a (565 mg, 72% yield).
[00322] Z17b is synthesized as described in Example 3 Step a and Step b.
Example 5
Alternative Synthesis of the intermediate Z17a:
[00323] According to another preferred method, the compound of the formula Z17a was obtained in accordance with the following Reaction Scheme:
[00324] The reactions were carried out as follows:
Step a
Y7d was synthesised as described in Example 4 step a.
Step b
[00325] To a three-necked round-bottle flask was added Y7d (200 mg, 1.22 mmol, 1 equiv), dioxane (4 mL). The solution was vacuated and purged with nitrogen gas three times. Xantphos (14mg, 0.024 mmol, 0.02 equiv), PdCl2(dppf) (8.9 mg, 0.012 mmol, 0.1 equiv), and DIPEA (0.32 g, 2.44 mmol, 2.0 equiv) were added under nitrogen atmosphere. The solution was heated to 85 °C for overnight. The reaction was cooled and evaporated. The residue was purified by column chromatography (eluent/ethyl acetate/heptane = 1/1) to give Z17d (259 mg, 0.99 mmol, 81%). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ = 7.83 (s, 1H), 4.88 (bs, 2H), 3.73 (s, 3H), 3.47 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H), 2.79 (t, J= 9.2 Hz, 2H).
[00326] The remaining steps were carried out as described in Example 4, Steps e and f, to yield Z17a. Z17b was synthesized as described in Example 3 Step a and Step b.
Example 6
(3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine. succinate (1:1) hemihydrate. modification (form) HA:Variant a)
[00327] 50 ml ethanol and 2.5 ml water were added to a 100ml flask containing 3.0 g of free base of 3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine (obtained as A18 for example as described in Example 1) and 848.0 mg of succinic acid. The mixture was heated to 50°C to generate a clear solution. The temperature was lowered to 15°C during a period of 3 hours. The solution was kept stirring at 15°C overnight.
Precipitated solid was separated via suction filtration and 50 ml of acetone was added to produce a suspension. The suspension was stirred at 50°C for 3 hours. The solid was separated with suction filtration and dried at room temperature under vacuum for 3 hours. Yield was about 60%.
[00328] The succinate appeared as a highly crystalline solid, with a melting point onset of
94.4°C and an accompanying enthalpy of 96 J/g. The succinate salt crystals showed aggregates of broken drusy tabular particles.
[00329] Variant b)
[00330] 14.34 g of 3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)- 3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine free form (obtained as A18 for example as described in Example 1) and 4.053 g of succinic acid were equilibrated in 100 mL 95% EtOH at 50°C. Add 5 mL of water into the system and heat to 70-75 °C. Add 95 mL of pure EtOH and heat for 30 min more. Stir over night at 25 oC. Filter the mixture wash with EtOH and dry under vacuum in an oven at room temperature. Yield is 87.5%.
SHP2 is a nonreceptor protein tyrosine phosphatase encoded by the PTPN11 gene and is involved in cell growth and differentiation via the MAPK signaling pathway. SHP2 also plays an important role in the programed cell death pathway (PD-1/PD-L1). As an oncoprotein as well as a potential immunomodulator, controlling SHP2 activity is of high therapeutic interest. As part of our comprehensive program targeting SHP2, we identified multiple allosteric binding modes of inhibition and optimized numerous chemical scaffolds in parallel. In this drug annotation report, we detail the identification and optimization of the pyrazine class of allosteric SHP2 inhibitors. Structure and property based drug design enabled the identification of protein–ligand interactions, potent cellular inhibition, control of physicochemical, pharmaceutical and selectivity properties, and potent in vivo antitumor activity. These studies culminated in the discovery of TNO155, (3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine (1), a highly potent, selective, orally efficacious, and first-in-class SHP2 inhibitor currently in clinical trials for cancer.
Step a: A mixture of (3S,4S)-tert-butyl 4-((R)-1,1-dimethylethylsulfinamido)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8- azaspiro[4.5]decane-8-carboxylate (51 mg, 0.136 mmol) and HCl (4 M in dioxane, 340 L, 1.362 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was stirred for 1 h at 40 °C. After cooling to RT, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure to give (3S,4S)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-4-amine which was used in next step without further purification. MS m/z 171.1 (M+H)+. Step b: A mixture of (3S,4S)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decane-4-amine crude, 3-((2-amino3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)-6-chloropyrazin-2-amine (35.5 mg, 0.123 mmol), and DIPEA (193 L, 1.11 mmol) in DMSO (600 L) was stirred for 16 h at 100 °C. After cooling to RT, the volatiles were removed under reduced pressure and the resulting residue was purified by HPLC (gradient elution 15-40% acetonitrile in water, 5 mM NH4OH modifier) to give (3S,4S)-8-(6-amino-5-((2-amino-3-chloropyridin-4-yl)thio)pyrazin-2-yl)-3-methyl-2-oxa-8-azaspiro[4.5]decan-4-amine (11 mg, 0.026 mmol). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, METHANOL-d4) δ ppm 7.67-7.47 (m, 2 H), 5.91 (d, J=5.5 Hz, 1 H), 4.22 (qd, J=6.4, 4.8 Hz, 1 H), 4.03 (ddt, J=13.5, 8.9, 4.7 Hz, 2 H), 3.86 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H), 3.71 (d, J=8.7 Hz, 1 H), 3.37 (td, J=9.9, 4.9 Hz, 1 H), 3.29-3.23 (m, 1 H), 3.00 (d, J=5.0 Hz, 1H) 1.91-1.56 (m, 4 H), 1.21 (d, J=6.4 Hz, 3 H). HRMS calcd for C18H25ClN7OS (M+H)+ 422.1530, found 422.1514.
1H-Imidazole, 1-[2-[[(4-chlorophenyl)methyl]thio]-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]- [ACD/Index Name] 4332 5D9HAA5Q5S 61318-90-9[RN] (±)-1-[2,4-Dichloro-b-[(p-chlorobenzyl)thio]phenethyl]imidazole 1-[2-[[(4-Chlorophenyl)methyl]thio]-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1H-imidazole: SulconazoleCAS Registry Number: 61318-90-9 CAS Name: 1-[2-[[(4-Chlorophenyl)methyl]thio]-2-(2,4-dichlorophenyl)ethyl]-1H-imidazole Additional Names: (±)-1-[2,4-dichloro-b-[(p-chlorobenzyl)thio]phenethyl]imidazole Molecular Formula: C18H15Cl3N2S Molecular Weight: 397.75 Percent Composition: C 54.35%, H 3.80%, Cl 26.74%, N 7.04%, S 8.06% Literature References: Prepn: K. A. M. Walker, DE2541833; idem,US4055652 (1976, 1977 both to Syntex). HPLC determn in plasma: M. Fass et al.,J. Pharm. Sci.70, 1338 (1981). Mechanism of action study: W. H. Beggs, Biochem. Arch.10, 117 (1994). Clinical trial in tinea pedis: W. A. Akers et al.,J. Am. Acad. Dermatol.21, 686 (1989). Review of pharmacology and clinical efficacy: P. Benfield, S. P. Clissold, Drugs35, 143-153 (1988). Derivative Type: Nitrate CAS Registry Number: 61318-91-0 Manufacturers’ Codes: RS-44872 Trademarks: Exelderm (Syntex); Myk (Cassenne); Sulcosyn (Syntex) Molecular Formula: C18H15Cl3N2S.HNO3 Molecular Weight: 460.76 Percent Composition: C 46.92%, H 3.50%, Cl 23.08%, N 9.12%, S 6.96%, O 10.42% Properties: Colorless crystals from acetone, mp 130.5-132°. Melting point: mp 130.5-132° Therap-Cat: Antifungal. Keywords: Antifungal (Synthetic); Imidazoles.
Sulconazole (trade name Exelderm) is an antifungal medication of the imidazole class. It is available as a cream or solution to treat skin infections such as athlete’s foot, ringworm, jock itch, and sun fungus.[1][2] Although not used commercially for insect control, sulconazole nitrate exhibits a strong anti-feeding effect on the keratin-digesting Australian carpet beetle larvae Anthrenocerus australis.[3]
EXAMPLE 5Alternative Route to 1-[β-(R-carbonylthio)phenethyl]imidazolesA. Preparation of 1-[2,4-dichloro-β-(methylcarbonylthio)-phenethyl]imidazole, oxalate.1-(β,2,4-Trichlorophenethylimidazole (1.19g) in 5 ml of dry tetrahydrofuran was added to preformed sodium thioacetate, generated in situ from 720 mg thioacetic acid and sodium hydride (480 mg 57% dispersion in mineral oil) in 20 ml. tetrahydrofuran and the mixture stirred and refluxed under nitrogen for 18 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure, water (20 ml) added and the product extracted with ether. The extracts were washed with water, dried (MgSO4), evaporated and the residue chromatographed on silica gel eluting with 10-20% acetone in dichloromethane. The pure product in ether was treated dropwise with ethereal oxalic acid until precipitation was complete, and the thus obtained oxalate salt of 1-[2,4-dichloro-β-(methylcarbonylthio)phenethyl]imidazole recrystallized from acetone/ethyl acetate with mpBy substituting other available sodium thioacids for sodium thioacetate, other compounds of this invention may be prepared.
EXAMPLE 9A. Preparation of 1-[2,4-dichloro-β-(4-chlorobenzylthio)-phenethyl]imidazoleTo a stirred solution of 330 mg sodium hydroxide in 30 ml methanol under nitrogen is added 810 mg of 1-[2,4-dichloro-β-(methylcarbonylthio)phenethyl]imidazole oxalate and the mixture is stirred at room temperature for ca. 30 minutes (until thin layer chromatography shows the disappearance of the ester). α,p-dichlorotoluene (350 mg) is then added, the solution stirred a further 15 minutes and the solvent removed under reduced pressure. Ether and water are then added to the residue and the ether extract washed with water, dried (MgSO4) and concentrated. Dropwise addition of nitric acid (d = 1.42) until precipitation is complete gives the nitrate salt of 1-[2,4-dichloro-β-(4-chlorobenzylthio)phenethyl]imidazole, recrystallized from acetone, mp 130.5°-132° C.B. By using other compounds of this invention exemplified by those set forth in Examples 2 and 4 and other suitable (substituted) hydrocarbyl halides (or mesylates, tosylates), other compounds may be prepared.
^ Sunderland MR, Cruickshank RH, Leighs SJ (2014). “The efficacy of antifungal azole and antiprotozoal compounds in protection of wool from keratin-digesting insect larvae”. Textile Research Journal. 84 (9): 924–931. doi:10.1177/0040517513515312.
Polycythemia vera (PV) is the most common Philadelphia chromosome-negative myeloproliferative neoplasm (MPN), characterized by increased hematocrit and platelet/leukocyte counts, an increased risk for hemorrhage and thromboembolic events, and a long-term propensity for myelofibrosis and leukemia.1,2Interferon alfa-2b has been used for decades to treat PV but requires frequent dosing and is not tolerated by all patients.2 Ropeginterferon alfa-2b is a next-generation mono-pegylated type I interferon produced from proline-IFN-α-2b in Escherichia coli that has high tolerability and a long half-life.4,6 Ropeginterferon alfa-2b has shown efficacy in PV in in vitro and in vivo models and clinical trials.3,4
Ropeginterferon alfa-2b was approved by the FDA on November 12, 2021, and is currently marketed under the trademark BESREMi by PharmaEssentia Corporation.6
The most common side effects include low levels of white blood cells and platelets (blood components that help the blood to clot), muscle and joint pain, tiredness, flu-like symptoms and increased blood levels of gamma-glutamyl transferase (a sign of liver problems).[3] Ropeginterferon alfa-2b can cause liver enzyme elevations, low levels of white blood cells, low levels of platelets, joint pain, fatigue, itching, upper airway infection, muscle pain and flu-like illness.[2] Side effects may also include urinary tract infection, depression and transient ischemic attacks (stroke-like attacks).[2]
It was approved for medical use in the European Union in February 2019,[3] and in the United States in November 2021.[2][5] Ropeginterferon alfa-2b is the first medication approved by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) to treat polycythemia vera that people can take regardless of their treatment history, and the first interferon therapy specifically approved for polycythemia vera.[2]
Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Besremi (ropeginterferon alfa-2b-njft) injection to treat adults with polycythemia vera, a blood disease that causes the overproduction of red blood cells. The excess cells thicken the blood, slowing blood flow and increasing the chance of blood clots.
“Over 7,000 rare diseases affect more than 30 million people in the United States. Polycythemia vera affects approximately 6,200 Americans each year,” said Ann Farrell, M.D., director of the Division of Non-Malignant Hematology in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “This action highlights the FDA’s commitment to helping make new treatments available to patients with rare diseases.”
Besremi is the first FDA-approved medication for polycythemia vera that patients can take regardless of their treatment history, and the first interferon therapy specifically approved for polycythemia vera.
Treatment for polycythemia vera includes phlebotomies (a procedure that removes excess blood cells though a needle in a vein) as well as medicines to reduce the number of blood cells; Besremi is one of these medicines. Besremi is believed to work by attaching to certain receptors in the body, setting off a chain reaction that makes the bone marrow reduce blood cell production. Besremi is a long-acting drug that patients take by injection under the skin once every two weeks. If Besremi can reduce excess blood cells and maintain normal levels for at least one year, then dosing frequency may be reduced to once every four weeks.
The effectiveness and safety of Besremi were evaluated in a multicenter, single-arm trial that lasted 7.5 years. In this trial, 51 adults with polycythemia vera received Besremi for an average of about five years. Besremi’s effectiveness was assessed by looking at how many patients achieved complete hematological response, which meant that patients had a red blood cell volume of less than 45% without a recent phlebotomy, normal white cell counts and platelet counts, a normal spleen size, and no blood clots. Overall, 61% of patients had a complete hematological response.
Besremi can cause liver enzyme elevations, low levels of white blood cells, low levels of platelets, joint pain, fatigue, itching, upper airway infection, muscle pain and flu-like illness. Side effects may also include urinary tract infection, depression and transient ischemic attacks (stroke-like attacks).
Interferon alfa products like Besremi may cause or worsen neuropsychiatric, autoimmune, ischemic (not enough blood flow to a part of the body) and infectious diseases, which could lead to life-threatening or fatal complications. Patients who must not take Besremi include those who are allergic to the drug, those with a severe psychiatric disorder or a history of a severe psychiatric disorder, immunosuppressed transplant recipients, certain patients with autoimmune disease or a history of autoimmune disease, and patients with liver disease.
People who could be pregnant should be tested for pregnancy before using Besremi due to the risk of fetal harm.
Besremi received orphan drug designation for this indication. Orphan drug designation provides incentives to assist and encourage drug development for rare diseases.
The FDA granted the approval of Besremi to PharmaEssentia Corporation.
Medical uses
In the European Union, ropeginterferon alfa-2b is indicated as monotherapy in adults for the treatment of polycythemia vera without symptomatic splenomegaly.[3] In the United States it is indicated for the treatment of polycythemia vera.[1][2][5]
History
The effectiveness and safety of ropeginterferon alfa-2b were evaluated in a multicenter, single-arm trial that lasted 7.5 years.[2] In this trial, 51 adults with polycythemia vera received ropeginterferon alfa-2b for an average of about five years.[2] The effectiveness of ropeginterferon alfa-2b was assessed by looking at how many participants achieved complete hematological response, which meant that participants had a red blood cell volume of less than 45% without a recent phlebotomy, normal white cell counts and platelet counts, a normal spleen size, and no blood clots.[2] Overall, 61% of participants had a complete hematological response.[2] The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) granted the application for Ropeginterferon_alfa-2b orphan drug designation and granted the approval of Besremi to PharmaEssentia Corporation[2]
REF
Bartalucci N, Guglielmelli P, Vannucchi AM: Polycythemia vera: the current status of preclinical models and therapeutic targets. Expert Opin Ther Targets. 2020 Jul;24(7):615-628. doi: 10.1080/14728222.2020.1762176. Epub 2020 May 18. [Article]
How J, Hobbs G: Use of Interferon Alfa in the Treatment of Myeloproliferative Neoplasms: Perspectives and Review of the Literature. Cancers (Basel). 2020 Jul 18;12(7). pii: cancers12071954. doi: 10.3390/cancers12071954. [Article]
Verger E, Soret-Dulphy J, Maslah N, Roy L, Rey J, Ghrieb Z, Kralovics R, Gisslinger H, Grohmann-Izay B, Klade C, Chomienne C, Giraudier S, Cassinat B, Kiladjian JJ: Ropeginterferon alpha-2b targets JAK2V617F-positive polycythemia vera cells in vitro and in vivo. Blood Cancer J. 2018 Oct 4;8(10):94. doi: 10.1038/s41408-018-0133-0. [Article]
Gisslinger H, Zagrijtschuk O, Buxhofer-Ausch V, Thaler J, Schloegl E, Gastl GA, Wolf D, Kralovics R, Gisslinger B, Strecker K, Egle A, Melchardt T, Burgstaller S, Willenbacher E, Schalling M, Them NC, Kadlecova P, Klade C, Greil R: Ropeginterferon alfa-2b, a novel IFNalpha-2b, induces high response rates with low toxicity in patients with polycythemia vera. Blood. 2015 Oct 8;126(15):1762-9. doi: 10.1182/blood-2015-04-637280. Epub 2015 Aug 10. [Article]
EMA Approved Products: Besremi (ropeginterferon alfa-2b ) solution for injection [Link]
FDA Approved Drug Products: BESREMi (ropeginterferon alfa-2b-njft) injection [Link]
^ Jump up to:abcdefg“Besremi EPAR”. European Medicines Agency (EMA). Retrieved 14 November 2021. Text was copied from this source which is copyright European Medicines Agency. Reproduction is authorized provided the source is acknowledged.
^ Wagner SM, Melchardt T, Greil R (March 2020). “Ropeginterferon alfa-2b for the treatment of patients with polycythemia vera”. Drugs of Today. Barcelona, Spain. 56 (3): 195–202. doi:10.1358/dot.2020.56.3.3107706. PMID32282866. S2CID215758794.
Clinical trial number NCT01193699 for “Safety Study of Pegylated Interferon Alpha 2b to Treat Polycythemia Vera (PEGINVERA)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Clinical trial number NCT02218047 for “AOP2014 vs. BAT in Patients With Polycythemia Vera Who Previously Participated in the PROUD-PV Study. (CONTI-PV)” at ClinicalTrials.gov
Treatment of Endometriosis Pain and Uterine Myoma-Associated Heavy Menstrual Bleeding
OriginatorKissei Pharmaceutical
DeveloperKissei Pharmaceutical; ObsEva
Class2 ring heterocyclic compounds; Antihormones; Antineoplastics; Carboxylic acids; Fluorinated hydrocarbons; Ketones; Pyrimidines; Small molecules; Thiophenes
Mechanism of ActionLHRH receptor antagonists
PreregistrationUterine leiomyoma
Phase IIIEndometriosis
Phase IIAdenomyosis
22 Nov 2021FDA assigns PDUFA action date of (13/09/2022) for linzagolix for Uterine leiomyoma
22 Nov 2021The US FDA accepts NDA for linzagolix for Uterine leiomyoma for review
20 Oct 2021Efficacy and adverse events data from a phase II trial in Adenomyosis presented at the American Society for Reproductive Medicine (ASRM) 2021 Scientific Congress & Expo
Linzagolix is an orally bioavailable gonadotropin-releasing hormone (GnRH or LHRH) receptor antagonist, with potential hormone production inhibitory activity. Upon oral administration of linzagolix, this agent competes with GnRH for receptor binding and inhibits GnRH receptor signaling in the anterior pituitary gland, thereby inhibiting the secretion and release of luteinizing hormone (LH) and follicle stimulating hormone (FSH). In males, the inhibition of LH secretion prevents the release of testosterone. As a result, this may relieve symptoms associated with hormonally dependent disease states such as hormone-dependent prostate cancer. In women, this prevents the production of estrogen by the ovaries and may relieve symptoms from sex-hormone dependent diseases, such as pain associated with endometriosis, heavy menstrual bleeding or uterine fibroids.
Estrogen-dependent disorders represent a challenging class of diseases that have a high incidence in the general population and are often associated with particularly severe symptomology. Uterine fibroids, for example, also referred to as leiomyomata, are among the most common benign tumors in women. Symptoms associated with uterine fibroids commonly include heavy or prolonged menstrual bleeding, pelvic pressure and pelvic organ compression, back pain, and adverse reproductive outcomes. Heavy menstrual bleeding may lead to iron deficiency anemia, a key symptom of uterine fibroids and the leading cause of surgical interventions that may include hysterectomy. Endometriosis is another estrogen-dependent gynecological condition, characterized by the presence of endometrial-like tissue outside the uterus.
Additional examples of estrogen-dependent diseases include adenomyosis and rectovaginal endometriosis, which are particularly severe endometrial growth disorders characterized by the invasion of endometrial tissue into the uterine myometrium and rectovaginal zones, respectively. The term adenomyosis or uterine adenomyosis is used to describe the presence of both endometrial glands and stroma deep within the myometrium. This condition is associated with hypertrophy and hyperplasia of the subjacent muscle cells, which may ultimately result in an altered size and globulous morphology of the uterus. Due to the severity of this disorder, one of the key symptoms is strong menstrual and even non-menstrual pelvic pain with abnormal uterine bleeding. Like adenomyosis, rectovaginal endometriosis patients present with a variety of pain symptoms including dysmenorrhea, dyspareunia, chronic pelvic pain, dysuria, and dyschezia. Treatment options for rectovaginal endometriosis are limited. Since medical therapies are either ineffective or have considerable side effects, rectovaginal endometriosis patients often undergo surgical procedures to reduce the endometrial node, and may even be subject to resection of the bowel if the node infiltrates the rectal or sigmoidal wall.
FDA Accepts NDA for Linzagolixfor the Management of Heavy Menstrual Bleeding Associated with Uterine Fibroids
GENEVA, Switzerland November 22, 2021 – Obseva SA (NASDAQ: OBSV; SIX: OBSN), a biopharmaceutical company developing and commercializing novel therapies to improve women’s reproductive health, today announced that the New Drug Application (NDA) for linzagolix for the management of heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids in premenopausal women has been accepted for review by the United States Food and Drug Administration (FDA). The submission is based on data from the two Phase 3 PRIMROSE trials. Linzagolix has a differentiated profile and if approved, would be the first and only GnRH receptor antagonist with flexible dosing options for uterine fibroids, including a low dose option to address the needs of women who cannot or do not want to take hormones.1,4 The FDA set a target action date of September 13, 2022 for this NDA under the Prescription Drug User Fee Act (PDUFA).
“Today marks an important milestone not only in the linzagolix clinical development process, but for Obseva as a company, and most importantly, the millions of women living with uterine fibroids throughout the US. Linzagolix is a significant innovation in the field of women’s health – an area that is consistently underinvested in – and we are incredibly excited about the potential of bringing this important treatment to market” said Brian O’Callaghan, CEO of Obseva. “We are encouraged by our positive Phase 3 PRIMROSE results. If approved, we believe linzagolix will address a significant unmet need in offering a more individualized treatment option for a broader range of women.”
The Phase 3 PRIMROSE trials of linzagolix (PRIMROSE 1: US; n=574 and PRIMROSE 2: Europe and US; n=535) investigated the efficacy and safety of two dosing regimens, 100mg once daily and 200mg once daily, alone or in combination with hormonal ABT (1 mg estradiol and 0.5 mg norethisterone acetate) for the treatment of heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. The NDA submission comprises positive 24-week treatment results from both studies, as well as supportive results from Week 52 and the 76-week post-treatment follow-up.
“Uterine fibroids can have a devastating impact on women’s day-to-day life. With its unique dosing options, linzagolix has the potential to significantly advance medical options for women,” stated Elizabeth Garner, MD, MPH, Chief Medical Officer of Obseva. “A dosing option without hormonal ABT would be welcomed by the significant number of women who either have contraindications to or a personal preference to avoid the use of estrogen-based therapies, while also providing a dosing option for women in whom hormonal ABT is indicated.”
The linzagolix marketing authorization application (MAA) was validated by the European Medicine Agency (EMA) with an approval recommendation from the Committee for Medicinal Products for Human Use (CHMP) expected in Q4 2021. Obseva announced previously that the company has entered into a partnership with Syneos Health to support commercialization of linzagolix in the US and EU.
About Linzagolix Linzagolix is a novel, once daily, oral GnRH receptor antagonist with a potentially best-in-class profile1,2,3. Linzagolix is the subject of submitted marketing authorization applications for the treatment of heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids and is currently in late-stage clinical development for the treatment of pain associated with endometriosis. Obseva licensed linzagolix from Kissei in late 2015 and retains worldwide commercial rights, excluding Asia, for the product. Linzagolix is not currently approved anywhere in the world.
About the Phase 3 PRIMROSE Program in Uterine Fibroids PRIMROSE 1 & 2 were prospective, randomized, parallel group, double-blind, placebo-controlled Phase 3 studies that investigated the efficacy and safety of two dosing regimens of linzagolix, 100 mg and 200 mg once daily, alone and in combination with hormonal ABT (1 mg estradiol and 0.5 mg norethisterone acetate) for the treatment of heavy menstrual bleeding associated with uterine fibroids. PRIMROSE 1 was conducted in the United States and enrolled 574 women. PRIMROSE 2 was conducted in Europe and the United States and enrolled 535 women. Both trials comprised a 52-week treatment period followed by a 6-month post treatment follow-up period. Additional information can be found here.
About Uterine Fibroids Uterine fibroids are common benign tumors of the muscular tissue of the uterus which affect women of childbearing age and can vary in size from undetectable to large bulky masses. Few long-term medical treatments are available, and as a result, approximately 300,000 hysterectomies are performed for uterine fibroids every year in the US.
The symptoms of uterine fibroids are wide-ranging and include heavy menstrual bleeding, anemia, pelvic pressure and bloating, urinary frequency and pain that can be extremely debilitating with a significant impact on quality of life. These symptoms can also have an impact on mental health, creating the additional burden of anxiety and distress.
About Obseva Obseva is a biopharmaceutical company built to address some of the most challenging unmet needs in women’s health – an under-researched, under-invested field of medicine. With deep expertise in clinical development, Obseva is passionate about the pursuit of advances that benefit women and their health and the importance of delivering truly meaningful innovation in this space. Through strategic in-licensing and disciplined drug development, Obseva has established a late-stage clinical pipeline with development programs focused on new therapies for the treatment of uterine fibroids, endometriosis, and preterm labor. Obseva is listed on the Nasdaq Global Select Market and is traded under the ticker symbol “OBSV” and on the SIX Swiss Exchange where it is traded under the ticker symbol “OBSN”. For more information, please visit http://www.ObsEva.com.
About Kissei Kissei is a Japanese pharmaceutical company with approximately 70 years of history, specialized in the field of urology, kidney-dialysis and unmet medical needs. Silodosin is a Kissei product for the treatment of the signs and symptoms of benign prostatic hyperplasia which is sold worldwide through its licensees. KLH-2109/OBE2109 is a new chemical entity discovered by Kissei R&D.
(Process 1) Compound (D) can be produced by reacting compound (B) or a salt thereof with compound (C) in the presence of a base in a solvent. Examples of the solvent include halogen solvents such as dichloromethane, cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, and tetrahydropyran, amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, A nitrile solvent such as acetonitrile, an ester solvent such as ethyl acetate, or a mixed solvent thereof and a mixed solvent thereof and water are preferable, and a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water is preferable. Examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine and pyridine, and inorganic bases such as sodium hydrogen carbonate, potassium hydrogen carbonate, cesium carbonate, sodium carbonate, and potassium carbonate, preferably triethylamine, sodium hydrogen carbonate, or potassium carbonate Is mentioned. The equivalent of the base may be an equivalent amount capable of neutralizing the salt and neutralizing the acid generated by the reaction. The equivalent of (C) can be used in an amount of 0.8 to 1.1 equivalents relative to (B), preferably 1.0 equivalent. The reaction temperature is usually 0 to 30 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 3 hours, although it varies depending on the raw material used, the solvent, the reaction temperature and the like. Examples of the salt of the compound (B) include a salt with an inorganic acid, a salt with an organic acid, a salt with an acidic amino acid, and the like. Examples of the salt with an inorganic acid include salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and the like. Examples of salts with organic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluene And salts with sulfonic acid and the like. Examples of salts with acidic amino acids include salts with aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like. Among these salts, salts with hydrochloric acid and methanesulfonic acid are preferable. Compound (C) used in Scheme 1 may be a commercially available product, or can be produced according to a known method or a method analogous thereto. Compound (D) may be isolated before the next step, but it can also be used in the next step without isolation.(Process 2) Compound (F) can be produced by reacting compound (D) with compound (E) or a salt thereof in a solvent in the presence or absence of a base. Examples of the solvent include cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, An ester solvent such as ethyl acetate or a mixed solvent thereof and a mixed solvent thereof with water, and the like are preferable, and a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran and water is preferable. Examples of the base include organic bases such as N, N-dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine, N-methylpyrrolidine, N-methylmorpholine, diisopropylethylamine, and preferably N, N-dimethylaminopyridine, triethylamine and the like. . The equivalent of the base can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 2.0 equivalents relative to the compound (E), preferably 0.1 to 0.5 equivalents (provided that when a salt of the compound (E) is used, Further base necessary for neutralization is required). The reaction temperature is from room temperature to 60 ° C., and the reaction time is usually from 1 to 24 hours, although it varies depending on the raw material used, the solvent, the reaction temperature, and the like. Examples of the salt of compound (E) include a salt with an inorganic acid, a salt with an organic acid, a salt with an acidic amino acid, and the like. Examples of the salt with an inorganic acid include salts with hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, nitric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid and the like. Examples of salts with organic acids include formic acid, acetic acid, trifluoroacetic acid, fumaric acid, oxalic acid, tartaric acid, maleic acid, citric acid, succinic acid, malic acid, methanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluene And salts with sulfonic acid and the like. Examples of salts with acidic amino acids include salts with aspartic acid, glutamic acid and the like. Compound (F) may be isolated before the next step, but it can also be used in the next step without isolation.(Process 3) The intramolecular cyclization and hydrolysis reaction in this step can be performed simultaneously or separately. (Step 3-1) Compound (A) can be produced by subjecting compound (F) to intramolecular cyclization and hydrolysis in the presence of a base in a solvent. Examples of the solvent include cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydropyran, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and 2-propanol, amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, and nitriles such as acetonitrile. Examples thereof include a solvent and the like or a mixed solvent of a mixed solvent thereof and water, and a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran / methanol / water is preferable. Examples of the base include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide and sodium hydride, and metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, preferably lithium hydroxide and sodium And methoxide. The base can be used in an amount of 3.0 to 6.0 equivalents, preferably 4.0 to 4.5 equivalents, relative to compound (F). The reaction temperature is usually from 0 to 20 ° C., and the reaction time is usually from 1 to 10 hours, although it varies depending on the raw material used, solvent, reaction temperature and the like. (Step 3-2) When isolating compound (G), compound (G) can be produced by subjecting compound (F) to an intramolecular cyclization reaction in a solvent in the presence of a base. Examples of the solvent include cyclic ethers such as tetrahydrofuran, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran and tetrahydropyran, lower alcohols such as methanol, ethanol and 2-propanol, amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformamide, and nitriles such as acetonitrile. Examples thereof include a solvent and the like or a mixed solvent thereof, and a mixed solvent of tetrahydrofuran / methanol is preferable. Examples of the base include inorganic bases such as sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, lithium hydroxide or sodium hydride, metal alkoxides such as sodium methoxide and potassium tert-butoxide, and lithium hydroxide, sodium methoxide and the like. preferable. The base can be used in an amount of 0.1 to 1.5 equivalents, preferably 1.0 to 1.1 equivalents, relative to compound (F). The reaction temperature is usually from 0 to 20 ° C., and the reaction time is usually from 1 to 10 hours, although it varies depending on the raw material used, solvent, reaction temperature and the like. (Step 3-3) The hydrolysis reaction in this step can be performed by the same method as in step 3-1 or a method analogous thereto.(Process 4) Compound (A) can be converted to a salt thereof by a conventional method. Examples of such salts include inorganic salts such as sodium salt, potassium salt, calcium salt, magnesium salt, triethylamine, diisopropylamine, N, N′-dibenzylethylenediamine, ethanolamine, (2-hydroxyethyl) trimethylammonium. (Hereinafter referred to as choline), addition salts with organic bases such as N-methylglucamine, arginine, lysine and the like, and choline salts are preferred. Examples of the reagent used for conversion to the choline salt include choline hydroxide, choline bicarbonate, choline chloride and choline acetate.Here, the compound (B) and the salt thereof used in the above-mentioned scheme 1 are commercially available, or manufactured by the method described in a) to c), the method described in the reference examples, or a method analogous thereto. Can do. a) JP-A 64-29373 b) Synthetic Communications, 32, 2565 (2002) c) Synthesis, 200 (1977)Further, the compound (E) or a salt thereof used in the scheme 1 can be produced by the method described in Patent Document 1, the method described in Reference Examples, or a method analogous thereto.The compound obtained in the production process in the present specification includes hydrates or solvates thereof, and any of them can be used. Furthermore, the compound obtained in the production process in the present specification may have tautomers and / or geometric isomers, any of which can be used, and also a mixture thereof. be able to.By the production method of the present invention, the compound (A) useful as a pharmaceutical product or a salt thereof can be obtained in high yield and high purity through the compound (D) which is a production intermediate.The content of the present invention will be described in more detail by the following examples, but the present invention is not limited to the content.Reference example 1 Dimethyl 4-oxothiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate methylthioglycolate (15.0 g), tetrahydrofuran (45 g), piperidine (0.361 g) in a reaction mixture at room temperature with dimethyl maleate (21.4 g) in tetrahydrofuran (30 g) The solution was added. To the reaction mixture was added 20% sodium methoxide in methanol (43 g) at 55 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was stirred at reflux for 3 hours. Diisopropyl ether (105 g) and acetic acid (0.85 g) were added to the reaction mixture at 45-50 ° C., and then cooled. The suspension was filtered to obtain wet crystals (43.3 g) of sodium salt of dimethyl 4-oxothiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate. The wet crystals were added to a mixture of 85% phosphoric acid (9.8 g), water (20 g) and ethyl acetate (150 g) at room temperature, and the aqueous layer was removed. The obtained organic layer was washed with 10% brine and then dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate. The drying agent was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (22.7 g).Reference example 2 Dimethyl 4- (hydroxyimino) thiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate Dimethyl 4-oxothiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate (10.0 g), pyridine (5.44 g), hydroxylamine hydrochloride (3.34 g) Was stirred at 50 ° C. for 1 hour. Ethyl acetate and 7% aqueous phosphoric acid solution were added to the reaction mixture at room temperature, and the aqueous layer was removed. The obtained organic layer was washed with 5% sodium bicarbonate water and 10% brine. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. After removing the desiccant by filtration, the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain the title compound (10.4 g).Reference example 3 4-Aminothiophene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl hydrochloride 4- (hydroxyimino) thiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate (10.4 g) in acetic acid (32 g) solution in 4N-hydrogen chloride / ethyl acetate solution ( 120 g) was added at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (9.42 g).Reference example 4 4-Aminothiophene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl methanesulfonate To a solution of methanesulfonic acid (80.0 g) in ethyl acetate (900 g), dimethyl 4- (hydroxyimino) thiolane-2,3-dicarboxylate (97. 1 g) of ethyl acetate (500 g) was added at 65-75 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. Methyl isobutyl ketone (100 g) was added at 45-50 ° C. and cooled to room temperature. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (102 g).Reference Example 5 1,2-difluoro-3-[(4-fluoro-2-methoxyphenoxy) methyl] -4-methoxybenzene sodium borohydride in a solution of 2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzaldehyde (150 g) in toluene (900 g) (13.2 g) of 0.1N sodium hydroxide aqueous solution (180 g) was added at 35 to 39 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 5 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the aqueous layer was removed. The obtained organic layer was washed with 20% brine to obtain a toluene solution of 2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyl alcohol. To this solution was added concentrated hydrochloric acid (610 g) at room temperature. The reaction mixture was stirred at 38-43 ° C. for 5 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, the aqueous layer was removed. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and 20% brine to obtain a toluene solution of 3- (chloromethyl) -1,2-difluoro-4-methoxybenzene. To this solution, 4-fluoro-2-methoxyphenol (125 g) and tetrabutylammonium bromide (56.2 g) were added at room temperature. A 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution (170 g) was added to the reaction mixture at 60 to 63 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 4 hours. Water was added to the reaction mixture and the aqueous layer was removed. The obtained organic layer was washed with water and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 2-propanol and water was added. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (232 g).Reference Example 6 1,2-difluoro-3-[(4-fluoro-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy) methyl] -4-methoxybenzene 1,2-difluoro-3-[(4-fluoro-2-methoxyphenoxy) methyl ] To a solution of 4-methoxybenzene (158 g) in acetic acid (1200 g) was added 60% nitric acid (72.2 g) at 59-62 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 2 hours. Water (1200 g) was added to the suspension at 15 to 19 ° C., and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 1 hour. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was washed with water to obtain wet crystals of the title compound (190 g, Net amount 168 g).Reference Example 7 2-Fluoro-5-[(2,3-difluoro-6-methoxyphenyl) methoxy] -4-methoxyaniline Raney nickel (2.5 g), ethyl acetate (180 g), 1,2-difluoro-3-[(4 -Fluoro-2-methoxy-5-nitrophenoxy) methyl] -4-methoxybenzene wet crystal (10.9 g, Net amount 10.0 g) was stirred at room temperature under a hydrogen atmosphere for 4 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with methanol and water was added. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (7.97 g).Example 1 4- (phenoxycarbonylamino) thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl potassium carbonate (17.1 g), water (90 g), tetrahydrofuran (150 g) and 4-aminothiophene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid dimethyl hydrochloride (30 0.06) was added phenyl chloroformate (18.6 g) at 6-13 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred at 12-13 ° C. for 30 minutes, and then the aqueous layer was removed. To the obtained organic layer, tert-butyl methyl ether was added and washed with 20% brine. The obtained organic layer was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved with diisopropyl ether and n-hexane was added. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (37.0 g). 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) δ ppm: 3.82 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 7.13-7.30 (3H, m), 7.40-7.46 (2H, m), 7.80 (1H, s ), 10.24 (1H, s)Example 2 4- {3- [2-Fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] ureido} dimethyl thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate 2-fluoro-5-[( 2,3-difluoro-6-methoxyphenyl) methoxy] -4-methoxyaniline (7.70 g), dimethyl 4- (phenoxycarbonylamino) thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate (8.65 g), triethylamine (0. 37 g) and tetrahydrofuran (80 mL) were stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Ethyl acetate and methanol were added to the residue. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (12.0 g). 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) δ ppm: 3.71 (3H, s), 3.82 (3H, s), 3.83 (3H, s), 3.89 (3H, s), 5.00 (2H, d, J = 1.6 Hz), 6.87-6.93 (1H, m), 7.00 (1H, d, J = 12.8Hz), 7.41-7.50 (1H, m), 7.75 (1H, d, J = 8.0Hz), 7.94 (1H, s ), 8.82 (1H, s), 8.95 (1H, s)Example 3 3- [2-Fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] -2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrothieno [3,4 d] methyl pyrimidine-5-carboxylate 4- {3- [2-fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] ureido} thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid A methanol solution (3.48 g) of 28% sodium methoxide was added to a suspension of dimethyl (10.0 g) in tetrahydrofuran (40 g), stirred at room temperature for 3 hours, and acetic acid (1.30 g) was added. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure. Methanol was added to the residue, and water was further added. After filtering the suspension, the obtained solid was dried to obtain the title compound (8.58 g). 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) δ ppm: 3.79 (3H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 3.84 (3H, s), 4.95 (2H, s), 6.88-6.94 (1H, m), 7.08 (1H, d, J = 11.6Hz), 7.19-7.23 (2H, m), 7.44-7.53 (1H, m), 11.62 (1H, s)Example 4 4- (phenoxycarbonylamino) thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate potassium carbonate (9.38 kg), water (49 kg), tetrahydrofuran (82 kg), dimethyl 4-aminothiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate hydrochloride (16 4 kg) of the reaction mixture was stirred for 40 minutes, and then phenyl chloroformate (10.1 kg) was added at 11-21 ° C. The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes, and then the aqueous layer was removed to obtain a tetrahydrofuran solution of the title compound.Example 5 4- {3- [2-Fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] ureido} dimethyl thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate 4-obtained in Example 4 To a tetrahydrofuran solution of dimethyl (phenoxycarbonylamino) thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate, 2-fluoro-5-[(2,3-difluoro-6-methoxyphenyl) methoxy] -4-methoxyaniline (17.0 kg), Tetrahydrofuran (8.5 kg) and triethylamine (1.1 kg) were added, and the mixture was stirred at 50 ° C. for 3.5 hours to obtain a tetrahydrofuran solution of the title compound.Example 6 3- [2-Fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] -2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4-tetrahydrothieno [3,4 d] pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid tetrahydrofuranate 4- {3- [2-fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) -4-methoxyphenyl] ureido} obtained in Example 5 Methanol (41 kg) and water (47 kg) are added to a tetrahydrofuran solution of dimethyl thiophene-2,3-dicarboxylate, a 7.3% lithium hydroxide aqueous solution (80.1 kg) is added at 11 to 13 ° C., and 90 ° C. at 11 ° C. Stir for minutes. Acetic acid (11.4 kg) was added to the reaction mixture at 9 to 16 ° C., and acetic acid (13.0 kg) was further added at 29 to 31 ° C. Seed crystals were added to the reaction mixture, and the mixture was stirred at the same temperature for 30 minutes. Water (34 kg) was added to the suspension and stirred at 30 ° C. for 40 minutes. The suspension was stirred at 4-9 ° C. for 90 minutes. After the suspension was filtered, the obtained solid was washed with a mixed solution of methanol (54 kg) and water (68 kg) to give wet crystals of the title compound (31.64 kg, Net amount (compound (A) free form equivalent)) 26 0.7 kg) was obtained. A part of the wet crystals of the title compound was dried under reduced pressure at an external temperature of 60 ° C., and 1 H-NMR, HPLC and powder X-ray diffraction were measured on the obtained dried crystals of the title compound. 1 H-NMR (DMSO-d 6 ) δ ppm: 1.68-1.82 (3H, m), 3.53-3.65 (3H, m), 3.80 (3H, s), 3.81 (3H, s), 4.94-4.98 (2H , m), 6.87-6.94 (1H, m), 7.13 (1H, d, J = 11.2Hz), 7.25 (1H, d, J = 7.2Hz), 7.39 (1H, s), 7.43-7.52 (1H, m), 11,99 (1H, s), 14.53 (1H, s)
PATENT
WO 2020089190
https://patents.google.com/patent/WO2020089190A2/enFor example, the GnRH antagonist may be 3-[2-fluoro-5-(2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy)4- methoxyphenyl]-2,4-dioxo-1 ,2,3,4- tetrahydrothieno [3,4d]pyrimidine-5-carboxylic acid, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The salt may be, for instance, the choline salt thereof, represented by formula (Via), below.
Compound (VI) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, such as the choline salt thereof (compound (Via)), can be synthesized, for example, using the methodology described in WO 2014/042176, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. An exemplary synthetic scheme that may be used for the preparation of compound (VI) and the choline salt thereof is shown in Scheme 1 , below.Scheme 1 . Exemplary preparation of compound (VI) and the choline salt thereof
wherein Ri and R are each independently C alkoxy groups; LG is a nucleofugal leaving group, such as chlorine or bromine, among others; R represents an optional substituent, such as halogen, acyl group, C alkyl group, or a nitro substituent; DMAP denotes A/-dimethylaminopyridine; and TEA denotes trimethylamine.Crystalline compound (Via) has been characterized spectroscopically, for instance, in US Patent No. 9,169,266, the disclosure of which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety. The foregoing crystalline form has been shown to exhibit characteristic X-ray powder diffraction peaks at about 7.10 2Q, about 11 .5° 2Q, about 19.4° 2Q, about 21 .5° 2Q, about 22.0° 2Q, about 22.6° 2Q, about 23.5° 2Q, and about 26.2° 2Q. Additionally, this crystalline form exhibits 13C solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance (NMR) peaks centered at about 55.5 ppm, about 57.1 ppm, about 58.7 ppm, about 69.8 ppm, about 98.1 ppm, about 110.3 ppm, about 1 1 1 .6 ppm, about 113.7 ppm, about 1 18.0 ppm, about 145.3 ppm, about 149.8 ppm, and about 155.8 ppm. This crystalline form further exhibits 19F solid-state NMR peaks centered at about -151.8 ppm, -145.2 ppm, and -131 .6 ppm.Compound (VI), as well as pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, such as the choline salt thereof, exhibit a high affinity for human GnRH receptor (27.4 nM). Using the compositions and methods described herein, a patient that is presenting with or has been diagnosed as having, adenomyosis or rectovaginal endometriosis may be administered a compound of formula (VI), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, such as the choline salt thereof, to treat the disease or ameliorate one or more symptoms of the disease. Exemplary doses of compound (VI) and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, such as the choline salt thereof, include doses of from 25 mg to 500 mg daily, such as doses of 100 mg per day and 200 mg per day. Additional dosing information is provided below.3-Aminoalkyl pyrimidine-2, 4(1 H,3H)-dionesAdditional GnRH antagonists that may be used in conjunction with the compositions and methods described herein include optionally substituted 3-aminoalkyl pyrimidine-2, 4(1 H,3H)-dione derivatives, such as compounds represented by formula (VII)
In some embodiments, the compound is the choline salt of the compound represented by formula (VI), choline 3- [2-fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) 4-methoxyphenyI] -2,4- dioxo-1,2,3,4-
tetrahydrothieno [3,4d] pyrimidine-5-carboxylate. It is to be understood that references herein to a compound represented by formula (VI) specifically include the choline salt of compound (VI), which is represented by formula (VIa), below.
In some embodiments, the choline 3- [2-fluoro-5- (2,3-difluoro-6-methoxybenzyloxy) 4-methoxyphenyI] -2,4-dioxo-1,2,3,4- tetrahydrothieno [3,4d ] pyrimidine-5-carboxylate is in a crystalline state.
(1E)-N-{4-[(2-Hydroxybenzoyl)oxy]phenyl}ethanimidic acid118-57-0[RN] 204-261-3[EINECS] CAS Registry Number: 118-57-0 CAS Name: 2-Hydroxybenzoic acid 4-(acetylamino)phenyl ester Additional Names:p-acetamidophenyl salicylate; acetylaminophenyl salicylate; acetyl-p-aminosalol; p-acetylaminophenol salicylic acid ester; phenetsal Trademarks: Salophen (Bayer); Phenosal Molecular Formula: C15H13NO4 Molecular Weight: 271.27 Percent Composition: C 66.41%, H 4.83%, N 5.16%, O 23.59% Literature References: Prepn: Brewster, J. Am. Chem. Soc.40, 1136 (1918). Properties: Crystals from hot ethanol, mp 187°. Practically insol in petr ether, cold water, more sol in warm water. Sol in alcohol, ether, benzene. Incompatible with alkalies and alkaline solns which dissolve it with decompn. The alkaline soln gradually becomes blue when boiled, the blue color being discharged upon continued boiling and again produced upon cooling and exposure to air. Melting point: mp 187° Therap-Cat: Analgesic; antipyretic; anti-inflammatory. Therap-Cat-Vet: Analgesic; antipyretic. Keywords: Analgesic (Non-Narcotic); Anti-inflammatory (Nonsteroidal); Salicylic Acid Derivatives; Antipyretic.
It is an esterification product of salicylic acid and paracetamol. It was marketed by Bayer under the brand name Salophen as an analgesic in the late 19th and early 20th centuries.
Action and uses
In a warm alkaline solution acetaminosalol is broken up into salicylic acid and paracetamol. It is decomposed in the intestines, even when given as an injection. It was used as a substitute for salicylic acid in acute rheumatism, and as an intestinal antiseptic. It was similarly effective and much safer than salol, another intestinal antiseptic commonly used at the time. The fact that it is tasteless renders it easy to administer.Advertisement for early 20th century Bayer products, including Salophen SYNJournal of Organic Chemistry, 86(5), 4254-4261; 2021
AMOROLFINE(2R,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-4-{2-methyl-3-[4-(2-methyl-2-butanyl)phenyl]propyl}morpholine (2R,6S)-2,6-Dimethyl-4-{2-methyl-3-[4-(2-methylbutan-2-yl)phenyl]propyl}morpholine 78613-35-1[RN] (±)-cis-2,6-Dimethyl-4-(2-methyl-3-(p-tert-pentylphenyl)propyl)morpholine Ro 14-4767-002 аморолфин , أمورولفين ,阿莫罗芬 , Title: Amorolfine CAS Registry Number: 78613-35-1 CAS Name:cis-4-[3-[4-(1,1-Dimethylpropyl)phenyl]-2-methylpropyl]-2,6-dimethylmorpholine Additional Names:cis-4-[3-(4-tert-amylphenyl)-2-methylpropyl]-2,6-dimethylmorpholine; (±)-cis-2,6-dimethyl-4-[2-methyl-3-(p-tert-pentylphenyl)propyl]morpholine Manufacturers’ Codes: Ro-14-4767/000 Molecular Formula: C21H35NO Molecular Weight: 317.51 Percent Composition: C 79.44%, H 11.11%, N 4.41%, O 5.04% Literature References: Antimycotic morpholine derivative; inhibits fungal ergosterol biosynthesis. Prepn (unspec stereochem): A. Pfiffner, K. Bohnen, DE2752096; A. Pfiffner, US4202894 (1978, 1980 both to Hoffmann-La Roche); of cis-form: NL8004537 (1980 to Hoffmann-La Roche). In vitro comparative antifungal spectrum: S. Shadomy et al.,Sabouraudia22, 7 (1984). Mechanism of action: A. Polak-Wyss et al.,ibid.23, 433 (1985); A. Polak, Ann. N.Y. Acad. Sci.544, 221 (1988). LC determn in pharmaceutical formulations: M. A. Czech et al.,J. Pharm. Biomed. Anal.9, 1019 (1991). Series of articles on mode of action and clinical trials: Clin. Exp. Dermatol.17, Suppl. 1, 1-70 (1992). Review of pharmacology and clinical efficacy: M. Haria, H. M. Bryson, Drugs49, 103-120 (1995). Properties: bp0.1 120°. Boiling point: bp0.1 120°
Amorolfine hydrochloride (Ro 14-4767/002) is a antifungal reagent. Derivative Type: Hydrochloride CAS Registry Number: 78613-38-4 Manufacturers’ Codes: Ro-14-4767/002 Trademarks: Loceryl (Roche) Molecular Formula: C21H35NO.HCl Molecular Weight: 353.97 Percent Composition: C 71.26%, H 10.25%, N 3.96%, O 4.52%, Cl 10.02% Therap-Cat: Antifungal (topical). Amorolfine hydrochloride (Ro 14-4767/002) is a antifungal reagent. Target: Antifungal Amorolfine is an antifungal showing activity against fungi pathogenic to plants, animals and humans. Amorolfine possesses a broad antifungal spectrum including dermatophytes, yeasts, dimorphic fungi and moulds and is not only fungistatic but fungicidal against most species [1]. At 0.2, 2 and 5 micrograms/ml amorolfine did not have any significant inhibitory or enhancing effect on phagocytosis whether following simultaneous addition of blastospores and drug to the neutrophils, prior treatment of neutrophils for 2 h before addition of blastospores or prior treatment of blastospores for 2 h. Simultaneous addition of amorolfine resulted in a significant increase in killing at all concentrations. This increase was not significantly enhanced by either preincubation of neutrophils or blastospores for 2 h with the drug [2]. Amorolfine (or amorolfin), is a morpholineantifungal drug that inhibits Δ14-sterol reductase and cholestenol Δ-isomerase, which depletes ergosterol and causes ignosterol to accumulate in the fungal cytoplasmiccell membranes. Marketed as Curanail, Loceryl, Locetar, and Odenil, amorolfine is commonly available in the form of a nail lacquer, containing 5% amorolfine hydrochloride as the active ingredient. It is used to treat onychomycosis (fungal infection of the toe- and fingernails). Amorolfine 5% nail lacquer in once-weekly or twice-weekly applications has been shown in two studies to be between 60% and 71% effective in treating toenail onychomycosis; complete cure rates three months after stopping treatment (after six months of treatment) were 38% and 46%. However, full experimental details of these trials were not available and since they were first reported in 1992 there have been no subsequent trials.[1]
It is a topical solution for the treatment of toenail infections.[2][3]Systemic treatments may be considered more effective.[1]
It is approved for sale over-the-counter in Australia, Brazil, Russia, Germany and the UK, and is approved for the treatment of toenail fungus by prescription in other countries. It is not approved for the treatment of onychomycosis in the United States or Canada, but can be ordered from there by mail from other countries.[4]
The acid-promoted crystallization-induced diastereoisomer transformation (CIDT) of naphthoxazines derived from racemic O-protected 2-substituted 4-hydroxybutyraldehydes and enantiopure Betti’s base allows the deracemization of the starting aldehydes with ee up to 96%. As an alternative, reduction with lithium aluminum hydride of the diastereoisomerically enriched naphthoxazines leads to enantioenriched primary amines. The utility of the latter strategy was demonstrated by applying it to the synthesis of enantioenriched fenpropimorph and to the first synthesis of enantiopure amorolfine, with ee up to 99.5%.
Amorolfine hydrochloride, chemical name is cis-4-[3-[4-(1,1-dimethyl-propyl)phenyl]-2-mercaptopropyl]-2 , 6-diamidino-morpholine hydrochloride, CAS registration number is 78613-38-4, the chemical knot is as follows:
Amoxifen hydrochloride is an antifungal drug developed by Roche and launched in 1991 under the trade name Leceryl. Regarding the synthesis process of amorolfine hydrochloride, the prior art has been described:
US7795425B2 synthetic route: (1) 2-nonyl cinnamaldehyde is condensed with cis-2,6-dimethylmorpholine to give cis-4-(3-phenyl-2-methylpropyl)-2,6- Dimercapto-morpholine hydrochloride, (2) cis-4-(3-phenyl-2-methylpropyl)-2,6-dimethyl-morpholine hydrochloride followed by 2-methyl – 2-chlorobutane, with acid Catalytic, Heck reaction occurs, and amorolfine is obtained. In step (1), palladium carbon catalytic hydrogenation is required, so the cost is high; in addition, there may be multiple rearrangement reactions in step (2), many by-products, difficult product purification, low quality of finished product and low yield. And it requires a low temperature reaction equipment of -40 ~ -65 °C, which consumes a lot of energy. International patent application WO2007113218A1 improves the synthesis method of amorolfine hydrochloride, the first step of Heck reaction, 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene and 2-methylallyl alcohol are reacted in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base to obtain 3-un Butyl phenyl-2-methylpropanal, the reaction solvent is selected from N,N-dimercaptocarboxamide (abbreviated as DMF), polar protic solvent or non-polar solvent; second step reductive amination reaction, 3 – tert-amylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal is reacted with cis-2,6-dimercaptomorpholine to give amorolfine, the reducing agent is selected from palladium
The WO2007113218A1 process still has defects: (1) The first step of the Heck reaction, the reaction solvent DMF is moderately toxic, and the International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC) considers it to be a carcinogen. DMF is chemically stable and can exist for a long time in wastewater. It is highly polluted by water and difficult to biodegrade. Its BOD5/COD value is 0.065 ( BOD5/COD is an indicator of biodegradability of wastewater, and 0.3 is the lower limit of biodegradable degradation of wastewater). value). Wastewater treatment costs are high during large production. Although the boiling point of DMF is 154 ° C, it is unstable under alkaline conditions, especially at high temperatures, and decomposition starts at 100 ° C or higher. The polar protic solvent, such as the lower alcohol described in the patent, cannot meet the high temperature reaction requirements, and the high boiling polar protic solvent has poor solubility to the catalyst and is difficult to react. The non-polar solvent does not substantially dissolve the palladium catalyst, so the application value is not large. (2) The second step of reductive amination reaction, using expensive The cost of catalytic hydrogenation of heavy metal palladium is high, and the high pressure reaction equipment is unsafe; the reduction of metal borohydride is easy to generate a large amount of hydrogen, which poses a safety hazard, and also reduces 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal to The corresponding alcohol increases the impurities; the reduction by-product of the metal cyanoborohydride is highly toxic. (3) The product yield was low, and the total yield of the product of the example was about 50%. None of the purity of the products and intermediates has been disclosed.The chemical reaction equation of the present invention is expressed as follows:
(la) (lb)In a 10L clean reaction kettle, add 2600 mL of acetic anhydride, 5200 mL of glacial acetic acid, 350 g of sodium periodate, break 1236 g, cool to 5 ° C, add 810 mL of sulfuric acid, control the dropwise addition within 1 hour, and then add 1130 g of t-amyl. The benzene was stirred at room temperature for more than 16 hours, and the reaction of the raw materials was confirmed by thin layer chromatography. The reaction mixture was poured into a mixture of 8 L of water and 4 L of dichloromethane, and the mixture was separated. The organic layer was washed with 4L of 25% aqueous sodium sulfite, and the organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate. It was 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene 2013 g, yield: 96%, and the GC purity was 94.2%. NMR spectral data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.73 (3H, t, J = 7.4 Hz), 1.31 (6H, s), 1.67 (2H, q, J – 7.4 Hz), 7.13 (2H, d, J = 8.56 Hz), 7.66 (2H, d, J = 8.56 Hz) 0 Example 22 kg of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1 and 6 L of N-methylpyrrolidone were added to a 10 L clean reaction vessel, and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen, stirring was carried out, and 300 g of palladium acetate and 1.7 kg of sodium hydrogencarbonate were added. Finally, 2.5 kg of 2-mercaptopropanol was added, the temperature was raised to 105 C, and the GC content of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene was measured to monitor the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was completed for 2 hours. Cool to room temperature, filter, concentrate the filtrate, add the residue to 12 L of ethyl acetate, wash with 20 L of water, rectify the organic phase, collect 125-128 ° C fraction (vacuum degree ≤ -0.099)\3⁄4^), and obtain 3- Tert-amylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal L41 kg, yield: 88.6%, GC purity: 93.5%. NMR spectral data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J = 7.45 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J = 6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q, J =7.43 Hz), 2.60 (13⁄4 dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (1H, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (1H, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9,75 (1H, s).The above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal lkg, 5 L of ethyl acetate was added to a 10 L reactor, protected with nitrogen, cooled to 10 ° C, and 600 g of 2,6-dimethylmorpholine was added dropwise. , add about 30 minutes. Then, 300 mL of glacial acetic acid was added dropwise, the temperature was kept at 15 C, the addition was completed, and the temperature was raised to 18 ° C for 30 minutes. After cooling to 10 Torr, 1,3 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. After the addition, the temperature was maintained at 18 ° C, and the GC content of 3-tert-amylphenyl-2-methylpropanal was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction. Ended in 2 hours. After cooling to 10 ° C or lower, the pH was adjusted to 10 with a sodium hydroxide solution, and the layers were allowed to stand, and the organic layer was washed with 4 L of water. The organic phase was added with concentrated hydrochloric acid, adjusted to pH 2, filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure at 65 V for 14 hours to obtain 1.59 kg of amorolamine hydrochloride, yield: 85.6%, HPLC purity: 99.6%. R spectrum data: 3⁄4 NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J=7, 2Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J=6.8Hz), 1.15(6H, d, J=6 , 0 Hz), 1.25 (63⁄4 s), 1.64 (2H, m, J = 7.6 Hz), 2.34 (1H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.48 (23⁄4 d, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.75 (2H, d , J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz) 5 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3,9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz ), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 3 In a 10 L clean reaction kettle, 2 kg of 4-substituted tert-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1 and 6 L of N-mercaptopyrrolidone were protected by nitrogen, stirring was started, and 150 g of palladium acetate and 2.5 kg of dipotassium hydrogen phosphate were added. Finally, 1.8 kg of 2-methylallyl alcohol was added, and the temperature was raised to 130. C reaction, the GC content of 4-deuterated tert-amylbenzene was measured to control the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was completed for 10 hours. Cool to room temperature, filter, concentrate the filtrate, add the residue to 12 L of ethyl acetate, dissolve 20 L of water, concentrate the organic phase, recover ethyl acetate, and add the residue to 10 L of saturated sodium hydrogen sulfite solution at room temperature to precipitate solid. The mixture was stirred for 6 hours, filtered, and filtered, washed with EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc EtOAc. The filtrate was concentrated to dry ethyl acetate to give 1. <RTI ID=0.0>#</RTI><RTIgt;</RTI><RTIgt;</RTI><RTIgt; -NMR spectral data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J-7.45 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J-6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q, J=7.43 Hz), 2.60 (1H, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (1H, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (1H, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz) ), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (1H, s).Add 1 kg of the above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal, 5 L of ethyl acetate in a 10 L reactor, protect with nitrogen, cool to 10 C, and add 1.2 kg of 2,6-dimethylmorpholine dropwise. , 40 minutes added. Then, 780 mL of glacial acetic acid was added dropwise, the temperature was kept at 15 ° C, the addition was completed, and the temperature was raised to 20 ° C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 ° C, 2.3 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. After the addition, the temperature was checked at 25 ° C, and the GC content of 3-tert-amylpyridyl-2-methylpropanal was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction. The reaction was completed in 2 hours. Cool to below 10 ,, adjust the pH to 11 with sodium hydroxide solution, let stand for stratification, wash the organic layer with 4 L of water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust pH to 2, filter, filter cake at 70 ° C decompression After drying for 14 hours, 1.75 kg of amorolfine hydrochloride was obtained, yield: 84.6%, HPLC purity: 99.7%. R spectrum data: 3⁄4 NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8Hz), L15(6H, d, J=6.0Hz ), 1.25(6H, s), L64(2H 5 m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75(2H, d , J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H 5 d, J=11.2Hz), 3·9(2Η, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz ), 7.27 (2H ; dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 4In a 10 L clean reaction kettle, 2 kg of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1, 2 N of N-methylpyrrolidone, protected by nitrogen, stirring was started, and palladium nitrate 6 g, acetic acid was added. Sodium 627 g, and finally 592 g of 2-methylallyl alcohol was added thereto, and the temperature was raised to 140 ° C to carry out a reaction. The GC content of 4-deactivated t-amylbenzene was examined to monitor the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was terminated for 24 hours. Cool to room temperature, filter, concentrate the filtrate, add the residue to 8 L of ethyl acetate, dissolve in 16 L of water, rectify the organic phase, collect 125-128 C fraction (vacuum degree ≤ -0.0991 ^ & ) to give 3-tert-pentylphenyl 2-mercaptopropanal 1.37 kg, yield: 86%, GC purity: 93.0%. MR spectrum data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J = 7.45 Hz), 1 , 11 (3H, d, J = 6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q , 3=1 A3 Hz), 2.60 (IH, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (IH, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (IH, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (IH, s).The above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal lkg, 5 L of dichloromethane was added to a 10 L reactor, protected with nitrogen, cooled to 10 ° C, and 1.6 kg of 2,6-dimethyl was added dropwise. Morpholine, added in 45 minutes. Then, 300 mL of glacial acetic acid was added dropwise, the temperature was kept at 15 ° C, the addition was completed, and the temperature was raised to 23 Torr for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 ° C, 1.6 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. After the addition, the temperature was checked at 23 ° C, and the GC content of 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction. The end of the hour. Cool to below 10 °C, adjust the pH to 10 with sodium hydroxide solution, let stand for layering, wash the organic layer with 4L water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust the pH to 1, filter, filter cake at 70 °C After drying under reduced pressure for 14 hours, 1.59 kg of amorolamine hydrochloride was obtained, yield: 83.6%, HPLC purity: 99.6%. iH-NMR spectral data: ! H NM (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15 (6H, d, J= 6.0Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75(2H , d, J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3.9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz ), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 52 kg of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1 and 4 L of N-methylpyrrolidone were added to a 10 L clean reaction vessel, and the mixture was stirred under nitrogen, stirring was carried out, 30 g of palladium chloride and 750 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate were added. Finally, 1.3 kg of 2-methylallyl alcohol was added, and the mixture was heated to 120 ° C to measure the GC content of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene to control the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was completed for 13 hours. It was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was dissolved in 8 L of chloroform, washed with 16 L of water, and the organic phase was concentrated. The ethyl acetate was recovered. The residue was added dropwise to 10 L of saturated sodium hydrogensulfite solution at room temperature to precipitate a solid. Hour, filter, filter cake washed with 5 L of ethyl acetate, solid dispersed in 3 L 3 mol / liter The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, and the reaction mixture was dried over EtOAcjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjjj Yield: 91,7%, GC purity: 98.8%. – Spectrum data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J=7.45 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J-6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q, J=7.43 Hz), 2.60 (IH, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (IH, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (IH, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz) ), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (IH, s).Add 1 kg of the above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal, 5 L of absolute ethanol in a 10 L reactor, protect with nitrogen, cool to 10 ° C, and add 600 g of 2,6-dimercaptomorpholine. , added in 30 minutes. Then, 500 mL of glacial acetic acid was added dropwise, the temperature was kept at 15 ° C, the addition was completed, and the temperature was raised to 23 ° C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 ° C, 1.2 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. After the addition, the temperature was monitored at 10 Torr, and the GC content of 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-nonylpropionaldehyde was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction. The end of the hour. 10. Under C, adjust the pH value to 11 with sodium hydroxide solution, add 3 L of dichloromethane, let stand for layering, wash the organic layer with 4 L of water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust pH to 2, filter, filter cake at 7 CTC minus After drying for 14 hours, 1.45% of amorolfine hydrochloride was obtained, yield: 87.0%, HPLC purity: 99.7% – NMR spectral data: J H NMR (400 MHz 5 CD 3 OD) 6: 0.64 (3H, t, J= 7,2Hz), 1.03(3H, d, J=6.8Hz), 1.15(6H, d, J=6.0Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34( 1H ? d, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.48 (2H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 2.75 (23⁄4 d, J = 6.0 Hz), 3.1 (2H, d, J = 8.8 Hz), 3.4 (2H, d , J = 11.2 Hz) 5 3.9 (2H, m), 7.16 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 62 kg of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene prepared in accordance with the method of Example 1 and 4 L of N-methylpyrrolidone were added to a 10 L clean reaction vessel. The mixture was stirred under nitrogen, stirring was started, 10 g of palladium acetate was added, and 800 g of carbonic acid was added. 1.1 kg of 2-mercaptopropanol was heated to 80 ° C, and the GC content of 4-deactivated t-amylbenzene was measured to control the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was terminated for 24 hours. Cool to room temperature, filter, concentrate the filtrate, add 8 L of chloroform to dissolve, 16 L of water, rectify the organic phase, collect 125-128 ° C 真空 (vacuum degree ≤ -0.099 ^ ^ & ), to obtain 3-tert-amylbenzene Base-2-mercaptopropanal 1.42 kg, yield: 89.2%, GC purity: 92.5%. ^- MR Spectral Data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (33⁄4 t, J=7.45 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J=6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q, J=7.43 Hz), 2.60 (IH, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (IH, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (IH, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (1H, s).The above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal lkg, 5 L of decyl alcohol was added to a 10 L reactor, protected with nitrogen, cooled to 10 C, and 600 g of 2,6-dimethylmorpholine was added dropwise for 30 minutes. Plus finished. Then, 500 mL of water acetic acid was added dropwise, the temperature was kept at 10 ° C, the addition was completed, and the temperature was raised to 20 ° C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 C, 1.2 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added. After the addition, the temperature was maintained at 23 ° C, and the GC content of 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction. End of 2 hours. Cool to 10 ° C, adjust the pH to 10 with sodium hydroxide solution, add 3 L of dichloromethane, let stand for layering, wash the organic layer with 4 L of water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust pH to 1.5, filter, filter The cake was dried under reduced pressure at 65 C for 15 hours to obtain 1.46 kg of amorolfine hydrochloride, yield: 90.1%, HPLC purity: 99,8%. ^-NMR spectral data: l R NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), U5 (6H, d, J = 6.0Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(23⁄4 m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75(2H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=l 1.2Hz), 3.9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz ), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 72 kg of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1 and 6 L of N-decylpyrrolidone were added to a 10 L clean reaction kettle, protected by nitrogen, stirring was started, and 75 g of palladium acetate and 2.0 kg of disodium hydrogen phosphate were added. Finally, 780 g of 2-methylallyl alcohol was added, and the temperature was raised to 125 Torr. The GC content of 4-iodo-t-amylbenzene was measured to control the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was terminated for 8 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was evaporated, evaporated, evaporated, evaporated, evaporated. The solid was precipitated, stirred for 6 hours, filtered, and the filter cake was washed with 5 L of ethyl acetate. The solid was dispersed in 10 L 2 mol/L hydrochloric acid, stirred at room temperature for 5 hours, and the reaction mixture was extracted with 10 L of ethyl acetate. The mixture was dried, filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated to ethyl acetate to ethylamine (ethyldiethyldithioacetate). 3⁄4-NMR spectral data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J = 7.45 Hz), 1.11 (3H, d, J = 6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q , J=7.43 Hz), 2.60 (1H, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (1H, J=7.06 Hz), 3.08 (1H, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (1H, s).Add the above 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal lkg, 5L hydrazine, in a 10L reactor Under nitrogen atmosphere, cooled to 10 Torr, 700 g of 2,6-dimercaptomorpholine was added dropwise, then 280 mL of glacial acetic acid was added, the temperature was maintained at 15 C, and then the temperature was raised to 23 ° C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 ° C, 1.0 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added, and 20 was added. The temperature was maintained under C, and the GC content of 3-tert-amylphenyl-2-methylpropanal was examined to monitor the progress of the reaction, and the reaction was completed for 3 hours. Cool to below 10 ° C, adjust the pH to 11 with sodium hydroxide solution, let stand for layering, wash the organic layer with 4 L of water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust the pH to 1, filter, filter cake at 70 ° C After drying under reduced pressure for 14 hours, 1.59 kg of amorolamine hydrochloride was obtained, yield: 83.8%, HPLC purity: 99.6%. ^-NMR spectral data: 3⁄4 NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J- 7.2 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15 (6H ; d, J = 6.0 Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz) } 2.75(2H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3.9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz) , 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 83-tert-pentylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanol lkg, 5 L of dichloromethane prepared by the method of Example 5 was added to a 10 L reactor, and was purged with nitrogen and cooled to 10. C, 1000 g of 2,6-dimethylmorpholine was added dropwise, then 400 mL of water acetic acid was added, the temperature was maintained at 15 ° C, and then the temperature was raised to 20 ° C for 60 minutes. After cooling to 0 C, 1.5 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added, and 6 C was added after the addition, and the GC content of 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction for 5 hours. End. Adjust the pH to 10 with sodium hydroxide solution at 6 °C, let stand for layering, wash the organic layer with 4L of water, add concentrated hydrochloric acid to the organic phase, adjust the pH to 2, filter, filter cake and dry at 65 Ό for 14 hours under reduced pressure. , Amofufen hydrochloride 1.48kg, yield: 91.2%, HPLC purity: 99.7%. ^- MR spectral data: NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0·64 (3Η, ΐ, J=7, 2Hz), 1.03(3Η, d, J=6.8Hz), 1.15(6H, d, J =6.0Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75( 2H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3,1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3.9(23⁄4 m), 7.16(2H, dd, J- 8.4 Hz), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Example 9Add 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanol lkg prepared in the same manner as in Example 2, 4 L of tetrahydrofuran, protect with nitrogen, cool to 10 ° C, add 820 g of 2,6-two Mercaptomorpholine, Then, 380 mL of glacial acetic acid was added, the temperature was maintained at 15 ° C, and then kept at room temperature for 60 minutes. After cooling to 10 ° C, 1.8 kg of sodium triacetoxyborohydride was added, and after 10 liters of the addition, the GC content of 3-tert-amylphenyl-2-nonylpropionaldehyde was detected to monitor the progress of the reaction for 5 hours. End. The pH was adjusted to 10 with sodium hydroxide solution at 10 ° C, and the layers were allowed to stand. The organic layer was washed with 4 L of water, and the organic phase was added with concentrated hydrochloric acid, adjusted to pH 2, filtered, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure at 65 Torr for 14 hours. , amlofol hydrochloride 1.41 kg, yield: 87.1%, HPLC purity: 99.8%. NMR spectral data: J H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J- 7.2 Hz), L03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz) ), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J-6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75(2H, d , J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3.9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Comparative example 1In a 1000 mL four-necked flask, 137 g of 4-deuterated tert-amylbenzene prepared according to the method of Example 1, 1.12 g of palladium acetate, 50.4 g of sodium hydrogencarbonate, N,N-dimethylformamide 500 mL, nitrogen gas, added 54 g of 2-mercaptopropanol, warmed to 10 (TC for 10 hours, cooled to room temperature, filtered, filter cake washed with hydrazine, hydrazine-dimethylformamide 300 mL, combined filtrate, poured into 2000 mL of saturated brine and 1000 mL The mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate, and the organic phase was washed with water, dried over anhydrous magnesium sulfate, filtered, and concentrated, dried, and evaporated, and the residue was distilled in vacuo to collect fractions of 125-128 ° C (vacuum degree <-0.099 MPa) to obtain 3-un Amyl phenyl-2-mercaptopropanal 84 g, Yield: 77%, GC purity: 88.0% – R spectrum data: (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ): 0.69 (3H, t, J = 7.45 Hz) , 1.11 (3H : d, J=6.87 Hz), 1.29 (6H, s), 1.65 (2H, q, J=7.43 Hz), 2,60 (1H, dd, J=13.52 Hz), 2.69 (1H, J-7.06 Hz), 3.08 (1H, dd, J = 13.54 Hz), 7.12 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 7.27 (2H, d, J = 8.27 Hz), 9.75 (1H, s).109 g of the above 3-tert-amylphenyl-2-mercaptopropanal and 500 mL of ethanol were placed in a 1000 mL four-necked flask, cooled to 0 ° C, and 30 mL of glacial acetic acid and 69 g of 2,6-dimethylmorpholine were added. Stir at room temperature for 30 minutes, cool to -15 ° C, add 15.93 g of sodium borohydride in 1 hour. After the addition, warm to 0 C for 2 hours, adjust the pH to 12 with 25% sodium hydroxide solution. The mixture was extracted with 2000 mL of saturated brine and 1000 mL of ethyl acetate. The organic phase was washed with water and concentrated to dryness. The obtained residue was added to 500 mL of isopropyl ether, hydrogen chloride gas to pH 2, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, filtered, and washed with isopropyl ether. , the filter cake is dried under reduced pressure at 70 ° C for 14 hours to obtain hydrochloric acid. Morofen 119 g, yield: 67%, HPLC purity: 97.1%. 3⁄4-NMR spectral data: ‘H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0, 64 (3H, t, J = 7, 2 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15 (6H, d , J=6.0Hz), 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J=7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.75(2H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J=11.2Hz), 3,9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd , J = 8.4 Hz), 7.27 (2H, dd, J = 8.4 Hz). Comparative example 2109 g of 3-tert-pentylphenyl-2-methylpropanal prepared according to the method of Comparative Example 1 and 500 mL of methanol were added to a 1000 mL four-necked flask, cooled to 0 ° C, and 30 mL of glacial acetic acid and 69 g of 2, 6 were added. – dimethylmorpholine, stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes, cooled to -15 ° C, replaced with nitrogen, added 5 g of 0% palladium on carbon, passed through hydrogen, reduced at 40 ° C, 4 atm, until the hydrogen pressure did not decrease, The reaction is complete. Cool to room temperature, replace with nitrogen, filter, adjust the pH of the filtrate with 25% sodium hydroxide solution, add 2000 mL of saturated brine and 1000 mL of ethyl acetate for extraction, wash the organic phase, concentrate and dry, add the residue to 500 mL Isopropyl ether, hydrogen chloride gas to pH 2, stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, filtered, washed with isopropyl ether, and the filter cake was dried under reduced pressure at 70 ° C for 14 hours to obtain amolofol hydrochloride 113 g, yield: 64%. HPLC purity: 97.8%. NMR spectral data: 3⁄4 NMR (400MHz, CD 3 OD) 5: 0.64 (3H, t, J = 7.2 Hz), 1.03 (3H, d, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15 (6H, d, J = 6.0 Hz) , 1.25(6H, s), 1.64(2H, m, J-7.6Hz), 2.34(1H, d, J=6.8Hz), 2.48(2H, d, J=6.8Hz) ? 2.75(2H, d, J=6.0Hz), 3.1(2H, d, J=8.8Hz), 3.4(2H, d, J-11.2Hz), 3.9(2H, m), 7.16(2H, dd, J=8.4Hz), 7.27 (2H, dd, J=8, 4Hz).
Patent
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitleEP0447947A1 *1990-03-231991-09-25BASF AktiengesellschaftN-(3-Phenyl-2-methylpropyl and -methyl-prop-2-enyl)-azaheterocyclesWO2007113218A1 *2006-04-032007-10-11Galderma S.A.Process for producing 3-[4-(1,1-dimethyl-propyl)-phenyl]-2-methyl-propionaldehyde and cis-4-{3-[4-(1,1-dimethyl-propyl)-phenyl]-2-methyl-propyl}-2,6-dimethyl-morpholine (amorolfine)Family To Family CitationsEP1749826A1 *2005-07-282007-02-07Galderma S.A.Process of producing bepromolineCN101485625B *2009-02-192010-09-22中国药科大学Amoluofen emulsifiable paste
CN105130808A *2015-08-132015-12-09上海瑞博化学有限公司High purity 2,5-dimethyl-3,4-dihydroxy methylbenzoate synthesis methodFamily To Family CitationsCN103288768B *2013-06-182015-02-18中国人民解放军第四军医大学Asymmetric synthetic method of optical pure amorolfine hydrochlorideCN104926629B *2015-05-302016-06-22江苏科本医药化学有限公司Domino reaction is utilized to prepare the green method of 3,3-diaryl acrylic aldehydeCN108997246B *2017-06-062021-08-31江苏礼华生物技术有限公司Preparation method of amorolfine hydrochlorideCN110498729A *2019-09-092019-11-26武汉诺安药业有限公司A kind of clean method for preparing of hydrochloric acid Amorolfine intermediate
^ Feng X, Xiong X, Ran Y (May 2017). “Efficacy and tolerability of amorolfine 5% nail lacquer in combination with systemic antifungal agents for onychomycosis: A meta-analysis and systematic review”. Dermatologic Therapy. 30 (3): e12457. doi:10.1111/dth.12457. PMID28097731.
^ It can readily be verified that Curanail is advertised on websites such as US Amazon.com, shipped from abroad.
2-{(E)-2-[(3E)-2-(4-{2-[(4-{[(2-Amino-4-oxo-3,4-dihydro-6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino}benzoyl)amino]-2-carboxyethyl}phenoxy)-3-{(2E)-2-[3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ylidene ]ethylidene}-1-cyclohexen-1-yl]vinyl}-3,3-dimethyl-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-3H-indolium-5-sulfonateOTL-38Tyrosine, N-[4-[[(2-amino-3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl]amino]benzoyl]-O-[(6E)-6-[(2E)-2-[1,3-dihydro-3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-2H-indol-2-ylidene]ethylidene]-2-[(E)-2-[3,3-dimethy l-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-3H-indolium-2-yl]ethenyl]-1-cyclohexen-1-yl]-, inner salt
2-(2-(2-(4-((2S)-2-(4-(((2-amino-4-oxo-3,4-dihydropteridin-6-yl)methyl)amino)benzamido)-2-carboxyethyl)phenoxy)-3-(2-(3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-ylidene)ethylidene)cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)ethenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-3H-indolium inner salt,sodium salt (1:4)
3H-Indolium, 2-(2-(2-(4-((2S)-2-((4-(((2-amino-3,4-dihydro-4-oxo-6-pteridinyl)methyl)amino)benzoyl)amino)-2-carboxyethyl)phenoxy)-3-(2-(1,3-dihydro-3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1-(4-sulfobutyl)-2H-indol-2-ylidene)ethylidene)-1-cyclohexen-1-yl)ethenyl)-3,3-dimethyl-5-sulfo-1 (4-sulfobutyl)-, inner salt,sodium salt (1:4)
Intraoperative Imaging and Detection of Folate Receptor Positive Malignant Lesions
Pafolacianine, sold under the brand name Cytalux, is an optical imaging agent.[1][2]
The most common side effects of pafolacianine include infusion-related reactions, including nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, flushing, dyspepsia, chest discomfort, itching and hypersensitivity.[2]
It was approved for medical use in the United States in November 2021.[2][3]
Pafolacianine is a fluorescent drug that targets folate receptor (FR).[1]
Medical uses
Pafolacianine is indicated as an adjunct for intraoperative identification of malignant lesions in people with ovarian cancer.[1][2]
History
The safety and effectiveness of pafolacianine was evaluated in a randomized, multi-center, open-label study of women diagnosed with ovarian cancer or with high clinical suspicion of ovarian cancer who were scheduled to undergo surgery.[2] Of the 134 women (ages 33 to 81 years) who received a dose of pafolacianine and were evaluated under both normal and fluorescent light during surgery, 26.9% had at least one cancerous lesion detected that was not observed by standard visual or tactile inspection.[2]
In another aspect of the invention, this disclosure provides a method of synthesizing a compound having the formula
[0029] In a fourth embodiment of the invention, this disclosure provides a method of synthesizing a compound having the formula
[0030]
[0032] wherein C is any carbon isotope. In this embodiment, the amino acid linker is selected from a group consisting of methyl 2-di-tert-butyl dicarbonate-amino-3-(4-phenyl)propanoate, 3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)-2-(di-tert-butyl-dicarbonate methylamino)propanoic acid, 2-amino-4-(4-hydroxyphenyl)butanoic acid, and Tert-butyl (2-di-tert-butyl dicarbonate- amino)-3-(4-hydroxyphenyl)propanoate . In a particular embodiment, the aqueous base is potassium hydroxide (KOH). The method of this embodiment may also further include purifying the compound by preparatory HPLC.
EXAMPLE 1 : General synthesis of Pte – L Tyrosine – S0456 (OTL-0038)
[0088] Scheme:
C33H37CIF3N
Reactants for Step I:
[0089] A 500 mL round bottom flask was charged with a stirring bar, pteroic acid
equiv) and HATU (13.45 g, 35.28 mmol, 1 .2 equiv) then DMF (147 mL) was added to give a brown suspension [suspension A]. DIPEA (20.48 mL, 1 17.62 mmol, 4.0 equiv) was added slowly to suspension A at 23 °C, over 5 minutes. The suspension turned in to a clear brown solution within 10 minutes of addition of DIPEA. The reaction was stirred at 23 °C for 2.5 h. Reaction was essentially complete in 30 minutes as judged by LC/MS but was stirred further for 2.5 h. The formation of Pte_N10(TFA)_L_Tyr(-OfBu)-OfBu HCI (Figure 12) was confirmed by LC/MS showing m/z 409→m/z 684. LC/MS method: 0-50% acetonitrile in 20 mM aqueous NH4OAc for 5 min using Aquity UPLC-BEH C18, 1 .7μιη 2.1 * 50 mm column . The reaction mixture was cannulated as a steady stream to a stirred solution of aq. HCI (2.0 L, 0.28 M) over the period of 30 minutes to give light yellow precipitate of Pte_N10(TFA)_L_Tyr(-OfBu)-OfBu HCI. The precipitated Pte_N 10(TFA)_L_Tyr(- OfBu)-OfBu HCI was filtered using sintered funnel under aspirator vacuum, washed with water (8 * 300 mL) until the pH of the filtrate is between 3 and 4. The wet solid was allowed to dry under high vacuum for 12 hours on the sintered funnel. In a separate batch, where this wet solid (3) was dried under vacuum for 48 hours and then this solid was stored at -20 0 C for 48 h. However, this brief storage led to partial decomposition of 3. The wet cake (58 g) was transferred to a 500 mL round bottom flask and was submitted to the next step without further drying or purification.
Reactants for Step II:
The wet solid (58 g) was assumed to contain 29.40 mmol of the desired compound (3) (i. e. quantitative yield for the step I ).
[0090] A 500 mL round bottom flask was charged with a stirring bar, Pte_N10(TFA)_L_Tyr(-OfBu)-OfBu HCI as a wet cake (58 g, 29.40 mmol, 1 equiv). A solution of TFA:TIPS:H20 (95:2.5:2.5, 200 mL) was added at once to give a light brown suspension. The reaction content was stirred at 23°C for 1 .5 hours and was monitored by LC/MS. The suspension became clear dull brown solution after stirring for 5 minutes. LC/MS method: 0-50% acetonitrile in 20 mM aqueous NH4OAc for 5 min using Aquity UPLC-BEH C18, 1 .7μιη 2.1 * 50 mm column. The formation of Pte_TFA_L_Tyr (Figure 12) was confirmed by showing m/z 684→m/z 572. Reaction time varies from 30 min to 1 .5 hours depending on the water content of Pte_N10(TFA)_L_Tyr(-OfBu)-OfBu HCI. The reaction mixture was cannulated as a steady stream to a stirred MTBE (1 .8 L) at 23 °C or 100 °C to give light yellow precipitate of Pte_TFA_L_Tyr. The precipitated Pte_TFA_L_Tyr was filtered using sintered funnel under aspirator vacuum, washed with MTBE (6 * 300 mL) and dried under high vacuum for 8 hours to obtain Pte_TFA_L_Tyr (14.98 g, 83.98% over two steps) as a pale yellow solid. The MTBE washing was tested for absence of residual TFA utilizing wet pH paper (pH between 3-4). The yield of the reaction was between 80-85% in different batches. The deacylated side product was detected in 3.6% as judged by LC/MS. For the different batches this impurity was never more than 5%.
Reactants for Step III:
[0091] A 200 mL round bottom flask was charged with a stirring bar and Pte_TFA_L_Tyr (13.85 g, 22.78 mmol, 1 equiv), then water (95 mL) was added to give a yellow suspension [suspension B]. A freshly prepared solution of aqueous 3.75 M NaOH (26.12 mL, 97.96 mmol, 4.30 equiv), or an equivalent base at a corresponding temperature using dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO) as a solvent (as shown in Table 1 ), was added dropwise to suspension B at 23 °C, giving a clear dull yellow solution over 15 minutes [solution B]. The equivalence of NaOH varied from 3.3 to 5.0 depending on the source of 4 (solid or liquid phase synthesis) and the residual TFA. Trianion 5 (Figure 12) formation was confirmed by LC/MS showing m/z 572→m/z 476 while the solution pH was 9-10 utilizing wet pH paper. The pH of the reaction mixture was in the range of 9-10. This pH is crucial for the overall reaction completion. Notably, pH more than 10 leads to hydrolysis of S0456. Excess base will efficiently drive reaction forward with potential hydrolysis of S0456. The presence of hydrolysis by product can be visibly detected by the persistent opaque purple/blue to red/brown color.
TABLE 1 : Separate TFA deprotection via trianion formation; S0456
[0092] The precipitated OTL-0038 product could also be crashed out by adding the reaction solution steady dropwise to acetone, acetonitrile, isopropanol or ethyl acetate/acetone mixture. Acetone yields optimal results. However, viscous reactions could be slower due to partial insolubility and/or crashing out of S0456. In this reaction, the equivalence of the aqueous base is significant. Excess base will efficiently drive reaction forward with potential hydrolysis of S0456. This solution phase synthesis provides Pte_N10(TFA)_Tyr-OH »HCI salt and desires approximately 4.1 to approximately 4.8 equiv base as a source to hydrolyze the product. Particularly, precipitation of Pte_Tyr_S0456 was best achieved when 1 mL of reaction mixture is added dropwise to the stirred acetone (20 mL). Filtration of the precipitate and washing with acetone (3 x10 mL) gave the highest purity as judged from LC/MS chromatogram.
[0093] During experimentation of this solution-phase synthesis of Pte – L Tyrosine -S0456 (OTL-0038) at different stages, some optimized conditions were observed:
Mode of addition: Separate TFA deprotection via trianion formation; S0456 @ 23 °C; reflux.
Stability data of Pte – L Tyrosine – S0456 (OTL-0038):
Liquid analysis: At 40 °C the liquid lost 8.6% at 270 nm and 1 % at 774 nm. At room temperature the liquid lost about 1 .4% at 270 nm and .5% at 774 nm. At 5 °C the
270 nm seems stable and the 774 nm reasonably stable with a small degradation purity.
Source Purity Linker S0456 Base Solvent Duration % Conversion
4.3-4.6
Solution 0.95
95% 1 equiv equiv H20 15 min 100% phase equiv
K2C03
PATENT
US 20140271482
FDA approves pafolacianine for identifying malignant ovarian cancer lesions
On November 29, 2021, the Food and Drug Administration approved pafolacianine (Cytalux, On Target Laboratories, LLC), an optical imaging agent, for adult patients with ovarian cancer as an adjunct for interoperative identification of malignant lesions. Pafolacianine is a fluorescent drug that targets folate receptor which may be overexpressed in ovarian cancer. It is used with a Near-Infrared (NIR) fluorescence imaging system cleared by the FDA for specific use with pafolacianine.
Efficacy was evaluated in a single arm, multicenter, open-label study (NCT03180307) of 178 women diagnosed with ovarian cancer or with high clinical suspicion of ovarian cancer scheduled to undergo primary surgical cytoreduction, interval debulking, or recurrent ovarian cancer surgery. All patients received pafolacianine. One hundred and thirty-four patients received fluorescence imaging evaluation in addition to standard of care evaluation which includes pre-surgical imaging, intraoperative palpation and normal light evaluation of lesions. Among these patients, 36 (26.9%) had at least one evaluable ovarian cancer lesion detected with pafolacianine that was not observed by standard visual or tactile inspection. The patient-level false positive rate of pafolacianine with NIR fluorescent light with respect to the detection of ovarian cancer lesions confirmed by central pathology was 20.2% (95% CI 13.7%, 28.0%).
The most common adverse reactions (≥1%) occurring in patients were nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, flushing, dyspepsia, chest discomfort, pruritus, and hypersensitivity.
The recommended pafolacianine dose is 0.025 mg/kg administered intravenously over 60 minutes, 1 to 9 hours before surgery. The use of folate, folic acid, or folate-containing supplements should be avoided within 48 hours before administration of pafolacianine.
USFDA approves new drug to help identify cancer lesions
This drug is indicated for use in adult patients with ovarian cancer to help identify cancerous lesions during surgery.By The Health Master -December 2, 2021
The U.S. Food and Drug Administration (USFDA) has approved Cytalux (pafolacianine), an imaging drug intended to assist surgeons in identifying ovarian cancer lesions. The drug is designed to improve the ability to locate additional ovarian cancerous tissue that is normally difficult to detect during surgery.
Cytalux is indicated for use in adult patients with ovarian cancer to help identify cancerous lesions during surgery. The drug is a diagnostic agent that is administered in the form of an intravenous injection prior to surgery.
Alex Gorovets, M.D., deputy director of the Office of Specialty Medicine in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research said, “The FDA’s approval of Cytalux can help enhance the ability of surgeons to identify deadly ovarian tumors that may otherwise go undetected.
By supplementing current methods of detecting ovarian cancer during surgery, Cytalux offers health care professionals an additional imaging approach for patients with ovarian cancer.”
The American Cancer Society estimates there will be more than 21,000 new cases of ovarian cancer and more than 13,000 deaths from this disease in 2021, making it the deadliest of all female reproductive system cancers.
Conventional treatment for ovarian cancer includes surgery to remove as many of the tumors as possible, chemotherapy to stop the growth of malignant cells or other targeted therapy to identify and attack specific cancer cells.
Ovarian cancer often causes the body to overproduce a specific protein in cell membranes called a folate receptor. Following administration via injection, Cytalux binds to these proteins and illuminates under fluorescent light, boosting surgeons’ ability to identify the cancerous tissue.
Currently, surgeons rely on preoperative imaging, visual inspection of tumors under normal light or examination by touch to identify cancer lesions. Cytalux is used with a Near-Infrared fluorescence imaging system cleared by the FDA for specific use with pafolacianine.
The safety and effectiveness of Cytalux was evaluated in a randomized, multi-center, open-label study of women diagnosed with ovarian cancer or with high clinical suspicion of ovarian cancer who were scheduled to undergo surgery.
Of the 134 women (ages 33 to 81 years) who received a dose of Cytalux and were evaluated under both normal and fluorescent light during surgery, 26.9% had at least one cancerous lesion detected that was not observed by standard visual or tactile inspection.
The most common side effects of Cytalux were infusion-related reactions, including nausea, vomiting, abdominal pain, flushing, dyspepsia, chest discomfort, itching and hypersensitivity. Cytalux may cause fetal harm when administered to a pregnant woman.
The use of folate, folic acid, or folate-containing supplements should be avoided within 48 hours before administration of Cytalux. There is a risk of image interpretation errors with the use of Cytalux to detect ovarian cancer during surgery, including false negatives and false positives.
To treat post-transplant cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection/disease that does not respond (with or without genetic mutations that cause resistance) to available antiviral treatment for CMV Press Release
SYNRoute 1
Reference：1. WO9601833A1.
Syn
US 6204249
Maribavir was in phase II clinical trials for the treatment of cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection. It was granted orphan drug designation by the FDA for the indication.
The drug was originally developed by the University of Michigan and was licensed to GlaxoSmithKline. ViroPharma (now subsidiary of Shire) acquired worldwide rights to the drug from GlaxoSmithKline in 2003.
The most common side effects include taste disturbance, nausea, diarrhea, vomiting and fatigue.[2]
Maribavir is a cytomegalovirus pUL97 kinase inhibitor that works by preventing the activity of human cytomegalovirus enzyme pUL97, thus blocking virus replication.[2]
Maribavir was approved for medical use in the United States in November 2021.[2][3]
Medical uses
Maribavir is indicated to treat people twelve years of age and older and weighing at least 35 kilograms (77 lb) with post-transplant cytomegalovirus infection/disease that does not respond (with or without genetic mutations that cause resistance) to available antiviral treatment for cytomegalovirus.[2]
Contraindications
Maribavir may reduce the antiviral activity of ganciclovir and valganciclovir, so coadministration with these medications is not recommended.[2]
A Phase II study with maribavir demonstrated that prophylaxis with maribavir displayed strong antiviral activity, as measured by statistically significant reduction in the rate of reactivation of CMV in recipients of hematopoietic stem cell/bone marrow transplants.[7] In an intent-to-treat analysis of the first 100 days after the transplant, the number of subjects who required pre-emptive anti-CMV therapy was statistically significantly reduced with maribavir compared to placebo.
ViroPharma conducted a Phase III clinical study to evaluate the prophylactic use for the prevention of cytomegalovirus disease in recipients of allogeneicstem cell transplant patients. In February 2009, ViroPharma announced that the Phase III study failed to achieve its goal, showing no significant difference between maribavir and a placebo at reducing the rate at which CMV DNA levels were detected in patients.[8]
The safety and efficacy of maribavir were evaluated in a Phase III, multicenter, open-label, active-controlled trial that compared maribavir with a treatment assigned by a researcher running the study, which could include one or two of the following antivirals used to treat cytomegalovirus: ganciclovir, valganciclovir, foscarnet, or cidofovir.[2] In the study, 352 transplant recipients with cytomegalovirus infections who did not respond (with or without resistance) to treatment randomly received maribavir or treatment assigned by a researcher for up to eight weeks.[2] The study compared the two groups’ plasma cytomegalovirus DNA concentration levels at the end of the study’s eighth week, with efficacy defined as having a level below what is measurable.[2] Of the 235 participants who received maribavir, 56% had levels of cytomegalovirus DNA below what was measurable versus 24% of the 117 participants who received an investigator-assigned treatment.[2]
Today, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration approved Livtencity (maribavir) as the first drug for treating adults and pediatric patients (12 years of age and older and weighing at least 35 kilograms) with post-transplant cytomegalovirus (CMV) infection/disease that does not respond (with or without genetic mutations that cause resistance) to available antiviral treatment for CMV. Livtencity works by preventing the activity of human cytomegalovirus enzyme pUL97, thus blocking virus replication.
“Transplant recipients are at a much greater risk for complications and death when faced with a cytomegalovirus infection,” said John Farley, M.D., M.P.H., director of the Office of Infectious Diseases in the FDA’s Center for Drug Evaluation and Research. “Cytomegalovirus infections that are resistant or do not respond to available drugs are of even greater concern. Today’s approval helps meet a significant unmet medical need by providing a treatment option for this patient population.”
CMV is a type of herpes virus that commonly causes infection in patients after a stem cell or organ transplant. CMV infection can lead to CMV disease and have a major negative impact on transplant recipients, including loss of the transplanted organ and death.
Livtencity’s safety and efficacy were evaluated in a Phase 3, multicenter, open-label, active-controlled trial that compared Livtencity with a treatment assigned by a researcher running the study, which could include one or two of the following antivirals used to treat CMV: ganciclovir, valganciclovir, foscarnet or cidofovir. In the study, 352 transplant recipients with CMV infections who did not respond (with or without resistance) to treatment randomly received Livtencity or treatment assigned by a researcher for up to eight weeks.
The study compared the two groups’ plasma CMV DNA concentration levels at the end of the study’s eighth week, with efficacy defined as having a level below what is measurable. Of the 235 patients who received Livtencity, 56% had levels of CMV DNA below what was measurable versus 24% of the 117 patients who received an investigator-assigned treatment.
The most common side effects of Livtencity include taste disturbance, nausea, diarrhea, vomiting and fatigue. Livtencity may reduce the antiviral activity of ganciclovir and valganciclovir, so coadministration with these drugs is not recommended. Virologic failure due to resistance can occur during and after treatment with Livtencity, therefore CMV DNA levels should be monitored and Livtencity resistance should be checked if the patient is not responding to treatment or relapses.
Livtencity received Breakthrough Therapy and Priority Review designations for this indication. Breakthrough Therapy designation is a process designed to expedite the development and review of drugs that are intended to treat a serious condition and preliminary clinical evidence indicates that the drug may demonstrate substantial improvement over available therapy on a clinically significant endpoint(s). Priority Review designation directs overall attention and resources to the evaluation of applications for drugs that, if approved, would be significant improvements in the safety or effectiveness of the treatment, diagnosis or prevention of serious conditions when compared to standard applications.
The FDA granted the approval of Livtencity to Takeda Pharmaceuticals Company Limited. Related Information
“Maribavir”. Drug Information Portal. U.S. National Library of Medicine.
Clinical trial number NCT02931539 for “Efficacy and Safety Study of Maribavir Treatment Compared to Investigator-assigned Treatment in Transplant Recipients With Cytomegalovirus (CMV) Infections That Are Refractory or Resistant to Treatment With Ganciclovir, Valganciclovir, Foscarnet, or Cidofovir” at ClinicalTrials.gov
5-[3-(1,2-Dithiolanyl)]pentanoic Acid 5-19-07-00237[Beilstein] 62-46-4[RN](+)-Thioctic acid, (+)-α-Lipoic acid, (3R)-1,2-Dithiolane-3-pentanoic acid (R)-(+)-1,2-Dithiolane-3-pentanoic acid, (R)-(+)-lipoic acid, (R)-(+)-α-Lipoic acid (R)-6,8-Dithiooctanoic acid, (R)-6,8-thioctic acid, (R)-α-Lipoic Acid, (R)-α-Lipoic Acid 1,2-Dithiolane-3-pentanoic acid, (3R)- 5-[(3R)-1,2-Dithiolan-3-yl]pentanoic acidd-Thioctic acid, (R)-(+)-alpha-Lipoic acid, (R)-(+)-Thioctic acid, Dexlipotam Thioctic Acid CAS Registry Number: 62-46-4 CAS Name: 1,2-Dithiolane-3-pentanoic acid Additional Names: 1,2-dithiolane-3-valeric acid; 6,8-thioctic acid; a-lipoic acid; 5-(1,2-dithiolan-3-yl)valeric acid; 5-[3-(1,2-dithiolanyl)]pentanoic acid; d-[3-(1,2-dithiacyclopentyl)]pentanoic acid; protogen A; acetate replacing factor; pyruvate oxidation factor Trademarks: Biletan (Gador); Thioctacid (Viatris); Thioctan (Katwijk); Tioctan (Fujisawa) Molecular Formula: C8H14O2S2, Molecular Weight: 206.33 Percent Composition: C 46.57%, H 6.84%, O 15.51%, S 31.08% Literature References: Growth factor for many bacteria and protozoa; prosthetic group, coenzyme, or substrate in plants, microorganisms, and animal tissues. Isoln of naturally occurring d-form: L. J. Reed et al.,Science114, 93 (1951); eidem,J. Am. Chem. Soc.75, 1267 (1953); Patterson et al.,ibid.76, 1823 (1954). Syntheses of dl-form: Bullock et al.,ibid.74, 1868, 3455 (1952); Hornberger et al.,ibid. 2382; Reed, US2980716 and US3049549 (1961, 1962 to Res. Corp.); Lewis, Raphael, J. Chem. Soc.1962, 4263; Ose et al.,US3223712 (1965 to Yamanouchi); J. Tsuji et al.,J. Org. Chem.43, 3606 (1978). Biosynthesis via linoleic acid: J. P. Carreau Methods Enzymol.62, 152-158 (1974). Enantioselective synthesis of d-form: P. C. Bulmanpage et al.,Chem. Commun.1986, 1408. Clinical study in treatment of Wilson’s disease: S. F. Gomes da Costa, Arzneim.-Forsch.20, 1210 (1970). Use in treatment of mushroom poisoning: R. Plotzker et al.,Am. J. Med. Sci.283, 79 (1982); J. P. Hanrahan, M. A. Gordon, J. Am. Med. Assoc.251, 1057 (1984). Reviews: Wagner, Folkers, Vitamins and Coenzymes (Interscience, New York, 1964) pp 244-263; Schmidt et al.,Angew. Chem. Int. Ed.4, 846 (1965); Schmidt et al.,Adv. Enzymol. Relat. Areas Mol. Biol.32, 423 (1969). Derivative Type: Sodium salt CAS Registry Number: 2319-84-8 Molecular Formula: C8H13NaO2S2, Molecular Weight: 228.31 Percent Composition: C 42.09%, H 5.74%, Na 10.07%, O 14.02%, S 28.09% Properties: White powder, sol in water. pH of aq solns about 7.4. Derivative Type:d-Form CAS Registry Number: 1200-22-2 Properties: Crystals by vacuum sublimation (at 85-90° and 25 microns). mp 46-48° (microblock). [a]D23 +104° (c = 0.88 in benzene). uv max (methanol): 333 nm (e 150). pKa 5.4. Practically insol in water. Sol in fat solvents.Melting point: mp 46-48° (microblock) pKa: pKa 5.4 Optical Rotation: [a]D23 +104° (c = 0.88 in benzene) Absorption maximum: uv max (methanol): 333 nm (e 150) Derivative Type:dl-Form CAS Registry Number: 1077-28-7 Properties: Yellow needles from cyclohexane, mp 60-61°. bp 160-165°. uv spectrum: Calvin, Fed. Proc.13, 703 (1954). Practically insol in water. Sol in fat solvents. Forms a water-soluble sodium salt. Melting point: mp 60-61° Boiling point: bp 160-165° Derivative Type:l-Form CAS Registry Number: 1077-27-6 Properties: Crystals from cyclohexane, mp 45-47.5° (microblock). [a]D23 -113° (c = 1.88 in benzene). uv max (methanol): 330 nm (e 140). Melting point: mp 45-47.5° (microblock) Optical Rotation: [a]D23 -113° (c = 1.88 in benzene) Absorption maximum: uv max (methanol): 330 nm (e 140) Derivative Type: Ethylenediamine Trademarks: Tioctidasi (ISI) Therap-Cat: Treatment of liver disease; antidote to poisonous mushrooms (Amanita species). Keywords: Hepatoprotectant.
Lipoic acid (LA), also known as α-lipoic acid, alpha-lipoic acid (ALA) and thioctic acid, is an organosulfur compound derived from caprylic acid (octanoic acid).[3] ALA is made in animals normally, and is essential for aerobic metabolism. It is also manufactured and is available as a dietary supplement in some countries where it is marketed as an antioxidant, and is available as a pharmaceutical drug in other countries.[3]
Physical and chemical properties
Lipoic acid (LA), also known as α-lipoic acid,[3][4] alpha-lipoic acid (ALA), and thioctic acid[5] is an organosulfur compound derived from octanoic acid.[3] LA contains two sulfur atoms (at C6 and C8) connected by a disulfide bond and is thus considered to be oxidized although either sulfur atom can exist in higher oxidation states.[3]
The carbon atom at C6 is chiral and the molecule exists as two enantiomers (R)-(+)-lipoic acid (RLA) and (S)-(-)-lipoic acid (SLA) and as a racemic mixture (R/S)-lipoic acid (R/S-LA).
LA appears physically as a yellow solid and structurally contains a terminal carboxylic acid and a terminal dithiolane ring.
“Lipoate” is the conjugate base of lipoic acid, and the most prevalent form of LA under physiological conditions.[3] Most endogenously produced RLA are not “free” because octanoic acid, the precursor to RLA, is bound to the enzyme complexes prior to enzymatic insertion of the sulfur atoms. As a cofactor, RLA is covalently attached by an amide bond to a terminal lysine residue of the enzyme’s lipoyl domains. One of the most studied roles of RLA is as a cofactor of the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex (PDC or PDHC), though it is a cofactor in other enzymatic systems as well (described below).[3]
Only the (R)-(+)-enantiomer (RLA) exists in nature and is essential for aerobic metabolism because RLA is an essential cofactor of many enzyme complexes.[3]
Biosynthesis and attachment
The precursor to lipoic acid, octanoic acid, is made via fatty acid biosynthesis in the form of octanoyl-acyl carrier protein.[3] In eukaryotes, a second fatty acid biosynthetic pathway in mitochondria is used for this purpose.[3] The octanoate is transferred as a thioester of acyl carrier protein from fatty acid biosynthesis to an amide of the lipoyl domain protein by an enzyme called an octanoyltransferase.[3] Two hydrogens of octanoate are replaced with sulfur groups via a radical SAM mechanism, by lipoyl synthase.[3] As a result, lipoic acid is synthesized attached to proteins and no free lipoic acid is produced. Lipoic acid can be removed whenever proteins are degraded and by action of the enzyme lipoamidase.[8] Free lipoate can be used by some organisms as an enzyme called lipoate protein ligase that attaches it covalently to the correct protein. The ligase activity of this enzyme requires ATP.[9]
Cellular transport
Along with sodium and the vitamins biotin (B7) and pantothenic acid (B5), lipoic acid enters cells through the SMVT (sodium-dependent multivitamin transporter). Each of the compounds transported by the SMVT is competitive with the others. For example research has shown that increasing intake of lipoic acid[10] or pantothenic acid[11] reduces the uptake of biotin and/or the activities of biotin-dependent enzymes.
The most-studied of these is the pyruvate dehydrogenase complex.[3] These complexes have three central subunits: E1-3, which are the decarboxylase, lipoyl transferase, and dihydrolipoamide dehydrogenase, respectively. These complexes have a central E2 core and the other subunits surround this core to form the complex. In the gap between these two subunits, the lipoyl domain ferries intermediates between the active sites.[3] The lipoyl domain itself is attached by a flexible linker to the E2 core and the number of lipoyl domains varies from one to three for a given organism. The number of domains has been experimentally varied and seems to have little effect on growth until over nine are added, although more than three decreased activity of the complex.[12]
The glycine cleavage system differs from the other complexes, and has a different nomenclature.[3] In this system, the H protein is a free lipoyl domain with additional helices, the L protein is a dihydrolipoamide dehydrogenase, the P protein is the decarboxylase, and the T protein transfers the methylamine from lipoate to tetrahydrofolate (THF) yielding methylene-THF and ammonia. Methylene-THF is then used by serine hydroxymethyltransferase to synthesize serine from glycine. This system is part of plant photorespiration.[13]
Biological sources and degradation
Lipoic acid is present in many foods in which it is bound to lysine in proteins,[3] but slightly more so in kidney, heart, liver, spinach, broccoli, and yeast extract.[14] Naturally occurring lipoic acid is always covalently bound and not readily available from dietary sources.[3] In addition, the amount of lipoic acid present in dietary sources is low. For instance, the purification of lipoic acid to determine its structure used an estimated 10 tons of liver residue, which yielded 30 mg of lipoic acid.[15] As a result, all lipoic acid available as a supplement is chemically synthesized.
Baseline levels (prior to supplementation) of RLA and R-DHLA have not been detected in human plasma.[16] RLA has been detected at 12.3−43.1 ng/mL following acid hydrolysis, which releases protein-bound lipoic acid. Enzymatic hydrolysis of protein bound lipoic acid released 1.4−11.6 ng/mL and <1-38.2 ng/mL using subtilisin and alcalase, respectively.[17][18][19]
Digestive proteolytic enzymes cleave the R-lipoyllysine residue from the mitochondrial enzyme complexes derived from food but are unable to cleave the lipoic acid-L–lysine amide bond.[20] Both synthetic lipoamide and (R)-lipoyl-L-lysine are rapidly cleaved by serum lipoamidases, which release free (R)-lipoic acid and either L-lysine or ammonia.[3] Little is known about the degradation and utilization of aliphatic sulfides such as lipoic acid, except for cysteine.[3]
Lipoic acid is metabolized in a variety of ways when given as a dietary supplement in mammals.[3][21] Degradation to tetranorlipoic acid, oxidation of one or both of the sulfur atoms to the sulfoxide, and S-methylation of the sulfide were observed. Conjugation of unmodified lipoic acid to glycine was detected especially in mice.[21] Degradation of lipoic acid is similar in humans, although it is not clear if the sulfur atoms become significantly oxidized.[3][22] Apparently mammals are not capable of utilizing lipoic acid as a sulfur source.
Chemical synthesis
(R)-Lipoic acid (RLA, top) and (S)-lipoic acid (SLA, down). A 1:1 mixture (racemate) of (R)- and (S)-lipoic acid is called (RS)-lipoic acid or (±)-lipoic acid (R/S-LA).
SLA did not exist prior to chemical synthesis in 1952.[23][24] SLA is produced in equal amounts with RLA during achiral manufacturing processes. The racemic form was more widely used clinically in Europe and Japan in the 1950s to 1960s despite the early recognition that the various forms of LA are not bioequivalent.[25] The first synthetic procedures appeared for RLA and SLA in the mid-1950s.[26][27][28][29] Advances in chiral chemistry led to more efficient technologies for manufacturing the single enantiomers by both classical resolution and asymmetric synthesis and the demand for RLA also grew at this time. In the 21st century, R/S-LA, RLA and SLA with high chemical and/or optical purities are available in industrial quantities. At the current time, most of the world supply of R/S-LA and RLA is manufactured in China and smaller amounts in Italy, Germany, and Japan. RLA is produced by modifications of a process first described by Georg Lang in a Ph.D. thesis and later patented by DeGussa.[30][31] Although RLA is favored nutritionally due to its “vitamin-like” role in metabolism, both RLA and R/S-LA are widely available as dietary supplements. Both stereospecific and non-stereospecific reactions are known to occur in vivo and contribute to the mechanisms of action, but evidence to date indicates RLA may be the eutomer (the nutritionally and therapeutically preferred form).[32][33]
Pharmacology
Pharmacokinetics
A 2007 human pharmacokinetic study of sodium RLA demonstrated the maximum concentration in plasma and bioavailability are significantly greater than the free acid form, and rivals plasma levels achieved by intravenous administration of the free acid form.[34] Additionally, high plasma levels comparable to those in animal models where Nrf2 was activated were achieved.[34]
The various forms of LA are not bioequivalent.[25][non-primary source needed] Very few studies compare individual enantiomers with racemic lipoic acid. It is unclear if twice as much racemic lipoic acid can replace RLA.[34]
The toxic dose of LA in cats is much lower than that in humans or dogs and produces hepatocellular toxicity.[35]
Pharmacodynamics
The mechanism and action of lipoic acid when supplied externally to an organism is controversial. Lipoic acid in a cell seems primarily to induce the oxidative stress response rather than directly scavenge free radicals. This effect is specific for RLA.[4] Despite the strongly reducing milieu, LA has been detected intracellularly in both oxidized and reduced forms.[36] LA is able to scavenge reactive oxygen and reactive nitrogen species in a biochemical assay due to long incubation times, but there is little evidence this occurs within a cell or that radical scavenging contributes to the primary mechanisms of action of LA.[4][37] The relatively good scavenging activity of LA toward hypochlorous acid (a bactericidal produced by neutrophils that may produce inflammation and tissue damage) is due to the strained conformation of the 5-membered dithiolane ring, which is lost upon reduction to DHLA. In cells, LA is reduced to dihydrolipoic acid, which is generally regarded as the more bioactive form of LA and the form responsible for most of the antioxidant effects and for lowering the redox activities of unbound iron and copper.[38] This theory has been challenged due to the high level of reactivity of the two free sulfhydryls, low intracellular concentrations of DHLA as well as the rapid methylation of one or both sulfhydryls, rapid side-chain oxidation to shorter metabolites and rapid efflux from the cell. Although both DHLA and LA have been found inside cells after administration, most intracellular DHLA probably exists as mixed disulfides with various cysteine residues from cytosolic and mitochondrial proteins.[32] Recent findings suggest therapeutic and anti-aging effects are due to modulation of signal transduction and gene transcription, which improve the antioxidant status of the cell. However, this likely occurs via pro-oxidant mechanisms, not by radical scavenging or reducing effects.[4][37][39]
All the disulfide forms of LA (R/S-LA, RLA and SLA) can be reduced to DHLA although both tissue specific and stereoselective (preference for one enantiomer over the other) reductions have been reported in model systems. At least two cytosolic enzymes, glutathione reductase (GR) and thioredoxin reductase (Trx1), and two mitochondrial enzymes, lipoamide dehydrogenase and thioredoxin reductase (Trx2), reduce LA. SLA is stereoselectively reduced by cytosolic GR whereas Trx1, Trx2 and lipoamide dehydrogenase stereoselectively reduce RLA. (R)-(+)-lipoic acid is enzymatically or chemically reduced to (R)-(-)-dihydrolipoic acid whereas (S)-(-)-lipoic acid is reduced to (S)-(+)-dihydrolipoic acid.[40][41][42][43][44][45][46] Dihydrolipoic acid (DHLA) can also form intracellularly and extracellularly via non-enzymatic, thiol-disulfide exchange reactions.[47]
RLA may function in vivo like a B-vitamin and at higher doses like plant-derived nutrients, such as curcumin, sulforaphane, resveratrol, and other nutritional substances that induce phase II detoxification enzymes, thus acting as cytoprotective agents.[39][48] This stress response indirectly improves the antioxidant capacity of the cell.[4]
The (S)-enantiomer of LA was shown to be toxic when administered to thiamine-deficient rats.[49][50]
Several studies have demonstrated that SLA either has lower activity than RLA or interferes with the specific effects of RLA by competitive inhibition.[51][52][53][54][55]
R/S-LA and RLA are widely available as over-the-counter nutritional supplements in the United States in the form of capsules, tablets, and aqueous liquids, and have been marketed as antioxidants.[3]
Although the body can synthesize LA, it can also be absorbed from the diet. Dietary supplementation in doses from 200–600 mg is likely to provide up to 1000 times the amount available from a regular diet. Gastrointestinal absorption is variable and decreases with the use of food. It is therefore recommended that dietary LA be taken 30–60 minutes before or at least 120 minutes after a meal. Maximum blood levels of LA are achieved 30–60 minutes after dietary supplementation, and it is thought to be largely metabolized in the liver.[56]
In Germany, LA is approved as a drug for the treatment of diabetic neuropathy since 1966 and is available as a non-prescription pharmaceutical.[57]
Clinical research
According to the American Cancer Society as of 2013, “there is no reliable scientific evidence at this time that lipoic acid prevents the development or spread of cancer”.[58] As of 2015, intravenously administered ALA is unapproved anywhere in the world except Germany for diabetic neuropathy, but has been proven reasonably safe and effective in four clinical trials; however another large trial over four years found no difference from placebo.[59] As of 2012, there was no good evidence alpha lipoic acid helps people with mitochondrial disorders.[60] A 2018 review recommended ALA as an anti-obesity supplement with low dosage (< 600 mg/day) for a short period of time (<10 weeks); however, it is too expensive to be practical as a complementary therapy for obesity.[61]
SYN
WO 0210151
DE 19709069; EP 0863125; US 6013833
A synthetic route based on the asymmetric reduction of oxo diesters has been reported. Meldrum’s acid (LII) was acylated by methyl adipoyl chloride (LI) in the presence of pyridine to produce the intermediate (LIII) which, upon alcoholysis with isobutanol, led to oxo diester (LIV). Enantioselective reduction of (LIV) by means of baker’s yeast furnished the (S)-hydroxy diester (LV). Alternatively, the analogous oxo diester (LVI) was prepared by acylation of methyl acetoacetate with methyl adipoyl chloride (LI), followed by deacetylation in the presence of ammonium hydroxide. Then, asymmetric chemical reduction of (LVI) by hydrogenation in the presence of the chiral catalyst Ru2Cl4[(S)-BINAP]2 provided the (S)-hydroxy diester (LVII). Regioselective reduction of either diester (LV) or (LVII) by means of NaBH4 in refluxing THF furnished dihydroxy ester (XLVIII). After conversion of (XLVIII) to the dimesylate (XLIX), displacement with potassium thioacetate afforded the bis(acetylthio) derivative (LVIII), which was further hydrolyzed with KOH to provide dihydrolipoic acid (LIX). In a related procedure, dihydrolipoic acid (LIX) was prepared by reaction of dimesylate (XLIX) with sodium disulfide, followed by reductive treatment with NaBH4 and NaOH. The title cyclic disulfide was then obtained by oxidation of the dithiol (LIX) using oxygen in the presence of FeCl3.
SYN
DE 10036516; WO 0210113
The key dihydroxy ester intermediate (XIII) was also obtained by asymmetric hydrogenation of hydroxy ketoester (XLIII) in the presence of (S)-BINAP-dichlororuthenium catalyst. The precursor hydroxy ketoester (XLIII) was prepared by two alternative procedures. In one method, the racemic dihydroxy ester (XLII) was selectively oxidized to (XLIII) by means of NaOCl. In another method, the unsaturated keto ester (XLIV) was epoxidized by means of sodium percarbonate, and the resultant epoxide (XLV) was then reduced to the hydroxy ketoester (XLIII) by catalytic hydrogenation over PtO2.
SYN
WO 0230919
Both enantiomers of racemic 8-chloro-6-hydroxyoctanoic acid (LX) were separated employing either (+)- or (-)-alpha-methylbenzylamine. Esterification of the (R)-(-)-enantiomer with HCl-MeOH provided the chloro hydroxy ester (LXI). Further chlorination of (LXI) with SOCl2 and pyridine proceeded with inversion of configuration at C-6 to furnish the (S)-dichloro derivative (LXII). The cyclic disulfide (L) was then prepared by treatment of chloride (LXII) with sulfur and sodium sulfide in boiling EtOH. Basic hydrolysis of the methyl ester group of (LXII) then afforded (R) alpha lipoic acid. The title compound was also obtained from the (S)-(+)-acid (LXIII). Reaction of hydroxy acid (LXIII) with methanesulfonyl chloride produced the chloro mesylate (LXIV), which was then cyclized to the target disulfide in the presence of sulfur and Na2S.
SYN
The reaction of the chiral dibenzoyloxy-dihydropyran (LXV) with H2SO4 and HgSO4 gives the unsaturated aldehyde (LXVI), which is condensed with the phosphorane (LXVII) to yield the hepatdienoic ester (LXVIII). The hydrogenation of (LXVIII) with H2 over Pd/C affords the heptanoic ester (LXIX), which is treated with Ts-Cl and pyridine to provide the tosyloxy derivative (LXX). The cyclization of (LXX) by means of K2CO3 gives the chiral epoxide (LXXI), which is condensed with vinylmagnesium bromide (LXXII) to yield 6(S)-hydroxy-8-nonenoic acid methyl ester (LXXIII). The oxidation of the terminal double bond of (LXXIII) with ozone affords the carbaldehyde (LXXIV), which is reduced with NaBH4 to provide 6(S),8-dihydroxyoctanoic acid methyl ester (XLVIII). The reaction of (XLVIII) with Ms-Cl and pyridine gives the dimesylate (XLIX), which is treated with Na2S2 to yield the lipoic acid methyl ester (L), which is hydrolyzed to the target acid with KOH in H2O.
SYN
DE 3629116; EP 0261336
Alkylation of the lithio-dianion of propargyl alcohol (XIII) with 6-bromo-1-hexene (XIV), followed by in situ reduction of the resultant disubstituted acetylene with lithium metal gave the allylic alcohol (XV). Asymmetric Sharpless epoxidation of (XV) using tert-butyl hydroperoxide in the presence of L-(+)-diisopropyl tartrate afforded the (S,S)-epoxy alcohol (XVI). This was reduced to the chiral diol (XVII) employing Red-Al?in THF. After formation of the bis-mesylate (XVIII), oxidative cleavage of the terminal double bond by means of NaIO4 in the presence of ruthenium catalyst furnished the carboxylic acid (XIX). The mesylate groups were finally displaced by sodium disulfide to produce the desired cyclic disulfide compound.
SYN
Both enantiomers of racemic 8-chloro-6-hydroxyoctanoic acid (LX) were separated employing either (+)- or (-)-alpha-methylbenzylamine. Esterification of the (R)-(-)-enantiomer with HCl-MeOH provided the chloro hydroxy ester (LXI). Further chlorination of (LXI) with SOCl2 and pyridine proceeded with inversion of configuration at C-6 to furnish the (S)-dichloro derivative (LXII). The cyclic disulfide (L) was then prepared by treatment of chloride (LXII) with sulfur and sodium sulfide in boiling EtOH. Basic hydrolysis of the methyl ester group of (LXII) then afforded (R) alpha lipoic acid. The title compound was also obtained from the (S)-(+)-acid (LXIII). Reaction of hydroxy acid (LXIII) with methanesulfonyl chloride produced the chloro mesylate (LXIV), which was then cyclized to the target disulfide in the presence of sulfur and Na2S.
DE 19533881; EP 0763533; US 5731448
SYN
WO 9638437
A different strategy was based on the enantioselective oxidation of a cyclohexanone derivative by enzymic Baeyer-Villiger reaction. Keto ester (XXXVIII) was protected as the ethylene ketal (XXXIX) and subsequently reduced to alcohol (XL) using LiAlH4. Acetylation of alcohol (XL) to acetate (XLI), followed by acidic ketal hydrolysis afforded cyclohexanone (XLII) (9,10). The racemic ketone (XLII) was then subjected to oxidative cleavage by monooxigenase 2 obtained from Pseudomonas putida to furnish the (R)-lactone (XLIV) along with unreacted (S)-cyclohexanone (XLIII) (9-11). The use of cyclohexanone monooxigenase from Acinetobacter NCIMB 9871 has also been reported for this reaction (12). Methanolysis of lactone (XLIV) in the presence of NaOMe gave rise to the (R)-dihydroxy ester (XLV). Inversion of the configuration of (XLV) was accomplished by Mitsunobu coupling with p-nitrobenzoic acid (XLVI) to produce the (S)-p-nitrobenzoate ester (XLVII). Smooth hydrolysis of ester (XLVII) provided methyl (S)-6,8-dihydroxyoctanoate (XLVIII), which was processed through intermediates (XLIX) and (L), as for the isopropyl (X) (Scheme 29605101a) and ethyl (XXIX) (Scheme 29605103a) homologues, to afford the title compound.
SYN
Tetrahedron Lett 2001,42(29),4891
The olefinic diester (XXXVIII) was subjected to OsO4-catalyzed asymmetric dihydroxylation using hydroquinidine 1,4-phthalazinediyl diether [(DHQD)2-PHAL] as chiral ligand to afford diol (XXXIX). This was converted to the cyclic sulfate (XL) by treatment with SOCl2, followed by RuCl3-catalyzed NaIO4 oxidation of the intermediate sulfite. Regioselective reduction of sulfate (XL) at the alpha position with NaBH4 in DMA led to the (3S)-alcohol (XLI). Further selective reduction of the ethyl ester group of (XLI) was achieved by treatment with NaBH4-Et3N in MeOH-DMF, yielding the target intermediate dihydroxy ester (XIII).
SYN
1,6-Hexanediol (I) was protected as the mono-tetrahydropyranyl ether (II), and the free hydroxyl group was subsequently oxidized to aldehyde (III) under Swern conditions. Reformatskii reaction of aldehyde (III) with the organozinc reagent generated from ethyl bromoacetate yielded the racemic hydroxy ester (IV). The requisite (S)-enantiomer (VI) was obtained via oxidation of (IV) to oxo ester (V) using pyridinium chlorochromate, and then asymmetric hydrogenation in the presence of (S)-(-)-2,2′-bis(diphenylphosphino)-1,1′-binaphthyl dichlororuthenium complex. Oxo ester (V) was also prepared by SnCl2-catalyzed insertion of ethyl diazoacetate into aldehyde (III). The chiral hydroxy ester (VI) was then reduced to diol (VII) by means of NaBH4-CuSO4. After conversion of (VII) to the corresponding dimesylate (VIII), removal of the tetrahydropyranyl protecting group under acidic conditions gave alcohol (IX). This was sequentially oxidized with PCC to aldehyde, and then with Ag2O to furnish the target dimesylate acid intermediate (X).
SYN
Tetrahedron Asymmetry 2000,11(4),879
The intermediate 6(S)-hydroxy-8-nonenoic acid methyl ester (III) has been obtained by enantioselective allylation of 6-oxohexanoic acid methyl ester (I) with allyltributylstannane (II) catalyzed by the chiral catalyst (R)-BINOL/Ti(O-iPr)4 in refluxing dichloromethane (other BINOL/metal catalysts have also been studied).
SYN
Tetrahedron Lett 1985,26(21),2535
Aldehyde (II), prepared by ozonolysis of cyclohexene (I), was ketalized with (S,S)-2,4-pentanediol (III) to afford dioxane (IV). Titanium chloride-mediated coupling of acetal (IV) with the ketene acetal (V) afforded diastereoselectively adduct (VI), which was subsequently hydrolyzed to carboxylic acid (VII) by means of trifluoroacetic acid. Removal of the pentanediol moiety to furnish the (R)-alcohol (IX) was accomplished via Jones oxidation of the secondary alcohol (VII) to ketone (VIII), followed by beta-elimination in the presence of piperidinium acetate. Reduction of the free carboxyl group by borane-tetrahydrofuran complex gave diol (X), which was further converted to dimesylate (XI). Disulfide displacement of the mesylate groups provided (+)-lipoic acid isopropyl ester (XII), which was finally hydrolyzed to the title acid using K2CO3 in MeOH/H2O.
SYN
Tetrahedron Lett 1987,28(44),5313
A short synthetic strategy utilized the cyclic thioketal (XXXIII), derived from d-menthone (XXXII) and 1,3-propanedithiol, as the chiral template. Stereospecific oxidation of dithiane (XXXIII) employing NaIO4 produced sulfoxide (XXXIV). The carbanion generated from sulfoxide (XXXIV) was stereoselectively alkylated by 5-bromopentanoic acid (XXXV) in the presence of TMEDA to furnish the trans alkylated compound (XXXVI). Finally, acidic hydrolysis of (XXXVI) formed the intermediate mercapto sulfinic acid (XXXVII) which spontaneously cyclized to the desired dithiolane derivative.
SYN
Tetrahedron Lett 1987,28(19),2183
Diisopropylidene mannitol (I) was first converted into the dibutyltin derivative (II), which was subsequently mono-benzylated to (III). Acetylation of (III) with acetic anhydride in pyridine gave (IV). After acidic hydrolysis of the isopropylidene ketals of (IV), the resultant tetraol (V) was converted into tetramesylate (VI). Reductive elimination in (VI) with Zn and NaI produced diene (VII). The acetate group of (VII) was then hydrolyzed to (VIII) using NaOMe. Intermediate (VIII) was reacted with triethyl orthoacetate in the presence of propionic acid to generate the allyl vinyl ether (IX), which underwent a Claisen rearrangement to the diene-ester (X). Selective hydroboration-oxidation of the terminal double bond of (X) yielded the primary alcohol (XI). Subsequent benzyl group hydrogenolysis in (XI) furnished the target intermediate diol (XII).
SYN
Esterification of diisopropylidene mannitol (I) with benzoyl chloride in pyridine afforded dibenzoate (II). Hydrolysis of the isopropylidene ketals of (II) with aqueous HOAc gave tetraol (III), which was further converted to tetramesylate (IV) on treatment with methanesulfonyl chloride and pyridine. Reductive elimination of the mesylate groups of (IV) using Zn dust and NaI yielded diene (V). The benzoate esters of (V) were then removed by treatment with sodium methoxide. The resultant divinylglycol (VI) was reacted with dibutyltin oxide to produce the tin derivative (VII), which was converted to the target intermediate, themono-benzyl ether (VIII), by treatment with benzyl bromide in hot DMF.
SYN
Tetrahedron Lett 1989,30(42),5705
Alkylation of the dianion of octyl acetoacetate (XIII) with 4-iodobutyronitrile (XIV) provided the cyano keto ester (XV). Enantiospecific reduction of (XV) utilizing baker’s yeast gave rise to the desired (S)-hydroxy ester (XVI) in high enantiomeric excess. Subsequent ester group reduction in (XVI) by means of LiBH4 provided diol (XVII). The target dihydroxy ester (XII) was then obtained by alcoholysis of nitrile (XVII) under acidic conditions.
SYN
J Chem Soc Chem Commun 1995,(15),1563
A different strategy was based on the enantioselective oxidation of a cyclohexanone derivative by enzymic Baeyer-Villiger reaction. Keto ester (XXXVIII) was protected as the ethylene ketal (XXXIX) and subsequently reduced to alcohol (XL) using LiAlH4. Acetylation of alcohol (XL) to acetate (XLI), followed by acidic ketal hydrolysis afforded cyclohexanone (XLII) (9,10). The racemic ketone (XLII) was then subjected to oxidative cleavage by monooxigenase 2 obtained from Pseudomonas putida to furnish the (R)-lactone (XLIV) along with unreacted (S)-cyclohexanone (XLIII) (9-11). The use of cyclohexanone monooxigenase from Acinetobacter NCIMB 9871 has also been reported for this reaction (12). Methanolysis of lactone (XLIV) in the presence of NaOMe gave rise to the (R)-dihydroxy ester (XLV). Inversion of the configuration of (XLV) was accomplished by Mitsunobu coupling with p-nitrobenzoic acid (XLVI) to produce the (S)-p-nitrobenzoate ester (XLVII). Smooth hydrolysis of ester (XLVII) provided methyl (S)-6,8-dihydroxyoctanoate (XLVIII), which was processed through intermediates (XLIX) and (L), as for the isopropyl (X) (Scheme 29605101a) and ethyl (XXIX) (Scheme 29605103a) homologues, to afford the title compound.
SYN
Synthesis (Stuttgart) 1996,(5),594
Racemic tetrahydro-2-furylmethanol (I) was converted to tosylate (II), which was further displaced by KCN to yield nitrile (III). Basic hydrolysis of nitrile (III), followed by Fischer esterification of the resultant carboxylic acid (IV) provided ethyl ester (V). Enzymatic resolution of racemic ester (V) by means of the lipase from Candida cylindracea generated a mixture of the (R)-acid (VI) and the unreacted (S)-ester (VII), which were separated by column chromatography. The desired (S) ester (VII) was then reduced to alcohol (VIII) with LiAlH4 in cold Et2O. Regioselective opening of the cyclic ether (VIII) with iodotrimethylsilane in acetone furnished the acetonide of 6-iodo-1,3-hexanediol (IX). Alkylation of benzyl methyl malonate (X) with iodide (IX) provided malonate (XI). Hydrogenolysis of the benzyl ester group of (XI), followed by thermal decarboxylation led to ester (XII). The target dihydroxy ester precursor (XIII) was then obtained by acid-catalyzed hydrolysis of the acetonide function.
SYN
Synthesis (Stuttgart) 1996,(11),1289
Addition of vinylmagnesium bromide to 2-nitrocyclohexanone (XIV) afforded the nitro alcohol (XV). Ring cleavage of (XVI) in the presence of anhydrous CuSO4 absorbed on silica gel gave the nitro ketone (XVI). Nitro group hydrolysis in (XVI) by successive treatment with NaOMe and H2SO4 in MeOH furnished oxo ester (XVII) as the main product. This was enantiospecifically reduced with baker’s yeast to yield the (S)-alcohol (XVIII). Selective methyl ether cleavage with tetrabutylammonium iodide and BF3 provided the dihydroxy ester precursor (XIII).
SYN
An alternative route to (+)-lipoic acid used ethyl 4,6-di-O-acetyl-2,3-dideoxy-alpha-D-erythro-hexopyranoside (XX), prepared from triacetyl-D-glucal, as the chiral starting point. Deacetylation of (XX) with sodium methoxide under Zemplen conditions gave diol (XXI) which, after conventional benzylation, led to the 4,6-di-O-benzyl derivative (XXII). Ring opening of the cyclic acetal (XXII) with propanediol in the presence of boron trifluoride afforded the dithiane derivative (XXIII). The free hydroxyl group of (XXIII) was converted into xanthate (XXIV) by reaction with NaH and CS2, followed by methyl iodide. Reductive cleavage of the xanthate group by means of Bu3SnH and AIBN provided (XXV). Hydrolysis of the thioacetal function with HgO and BF3 provided aldehyde (XXVI). Chain homologation was performed by Wittig reaction of aldehyde (XXVI) with phosphorane (XXVII) to afford the unsaturated ester (XXVIII). Simultaneous double bond hydrogenation and benzyl ether cleavage in the presence of Raney nickel led to dihydroxy ester (XXIX). This was converted to the corresponding dimesylate (XXX), which was further cyclized to disulfide (XXXI) using the in situ generated sodium disulfide as in the precedent Schemes. Finally, basic hydrolysis of the ethyl ester (XXXI) yielded the title carboxylic acid.
Carbohydr Res 1986,148(1),51
SYN
Diisopropylidene mannitol (I) was first converted into the dibutyltin derivative (II), which was subsequently mono-benzylated to (III). Acetylation of (III) with acetic anhydride in pyridine gave (IV). After acidic hydrolysis of the isopropylidene ketals of (IV), the resultant tetraol (V) was converted into tetramesylate (VI). Reductive elimination in (VI) with Zn and NaI produced diene (VII). The acetate group of (VII) was then hydrolyzed to (VIII) using NaOMe. Intermediate (VIII) was reacted with triethyl orthoacetate in the presence of propionic acid to generate the allyl vinyl ether (IX), which underwent a Claisen rearrangement to the diene-ester (X). Selective hydroboration-oxidation of the terminal double bond of (X) yielded the primary alcohol (XI). Subsequent benzyl group hydrogenolysis in (XI) furnished the target intermediate diol (XII).
^ Reljanovic, M; Reichel, G; Rett, K; Lobisch, M; et al. (September 1999). “Treatment of diabetic polyneuropathy with the antioxidant thioctic acid (alpha-lipoic acid): A two year multicenter randomized double-blind placebo-controlled trial (ALADIN II). Alpha Lipoic Acid in Diabetic Neuropathy”. Free Radical Research. 31 (3): 171–9. doi:10.1080/10715769900300721. PMID10499773.
^ Durrani, AI; Schwartz, H; Nagl, M; Sontag, G (October 2010). “Determination of free [alpha]-lipoic acid in foodstuffs by HPLC coupled with CEAD and ESI-MS”. Food Chemistry. 120 (4): 38329–36. doi:10.1016/j.foodchem.2009.11.045.
^ Teichert, J; Preiss, R (November 1992). “HPLC-methods for determination of lipoic acid and its reduced form in human plasma”. International Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, Therapy, and Toxicology. 30 (11): 511–2. PMID1490813.
^ Biewenga, GP; Haenen, GR; Bast, A (September 1997). “The pharmacology of the antioxidant lipoic acid”. General Pharmacology. 29 (3): 315–31. doi:10.1016/S0306-3623(96)00474-0. PMID9378235.
^ Jump up to:ab Kleeman, A; Borbe, HO; Ulrich, H (1991). “Thioctic Acid-Lipoic Acid”. In Borbe, HO; Ulrich, H (eds.). Thioctsäure: Neue Biochemische, Pharmakologische und Klinische Erkenntnisse zur Thioctsäure [Thioctic Acid. New Biochemistry, Pharmacology and Findings from Clinical Practice with Thioctic Acid]. Symposium at Wiesbaden, DE, 16–18 February 1989. Frankfurt, DE: Verlag. pp. 11–26. ISBN9783891191255.
^ Fontanella, L (1955). “Preparation of optical antipodes of alpha-lipoic acid”. Il Farmaco; Edizione Scientifica. 10 (12): 1043–5. PMID13294188.
^ Lang, G (1992). In Vitro Metabolism of a-Lipoic Acid Especially Taking Enantioselective Bio-transformation into Account (Ph.D. thesis). Münster, DE: University of Münster.
^US patent 5281722, Blaschke, G; Scheidmantel, U & Bethge, H et al., “Preparation and use of salts of the pure enantiomers of alpha-lipoic acid”, issued 1994-01-25, assigned to DeGussa.
^ Jump up to:ab Carlson, DA; Young, KL; Fischer, SJ; Ulrich, H. “Ch. 10: An Evaluation of the Stability and Pharmacokinetics of R-lipoic Acid and R-Dihydrolipoic Acid Dosage Forms in Plasma from Healthy Human Subjects”. Lipoic Acid: Energy Production, Antioxidant Activity and Health Effects. pp. 235–70. In Packer & Patel 2008.
^ Packer, L; Kraemer, K; Rimbach, G (October 2001). “Molecular aspects of lipoic acid in the prevention of diabetes complications”. Nutrition. 17 (10): 888–95. doi:10.1016/S0899-9007(01)00658-X. PMID11684397.
^ Hill, AS; Werner, JA; Rogers, QR; O’Neill, SL; et al. (April 2004). “Lipoic acid is 10 times more toxic in cats than reported in humans, dogs or rats”. Journal of Animal Physiology and Animal Nutrition. 88 (3–4): 150–6. doi:10.1111/j.1439-0396.2003.00472.x. PMID15059240.
^ Jump up to:ab Shay, KP; Shenvi, S; Hagen, TM. “Ch. 14 Lipoic Acid as an Inducer of Phase II Detoxification Enzymes Through Activation of Nr-f2 Dependent Gene Expression”. Lipoic Acid: Energy Production, Antioxidant Activity and Health Effects. pp. 349–71. In Packer & Patel 2008.
^ Biewenga, GP; Haenen, GRMM; Bast, A (1997). “Ch. 1: An Overview of Lipoate Chemistry”. In Fuchs, J; Packer, L; Zimmer, G (eds.). Lipoic Acid In Health & Disease. CRC Press. pp. 1–32. ISBN9780824700935.
^US patent 6271254, Ulrich, H; Weischer, CH & Engel, J et al., “Pharmaceutical compositions containing R-alpha-lipoic acid or S-alpha.-lipoic acid as active ingredient”, issued 2001-08-07, assigned to ASTA Pharma.
^ Kilic, F; Handelman, GJ; Serbinova, E; Packer, L; et al. (October 1995). “Modelling cortical cataractogenesis 17: In vitro effect of a-lipoic acid on glucose-induced lens membrane damage, a model of diabetic cataractogenesis”. Biochemistry and Molecular Biology International. 37 (2): 361–70. PMID8673020.
^ Artwohl, M; Schmetterer, L; Rainer, G; et al. (September 2000). Modulation by antioxidants of endothelial apoptosis, proliferation, & associated gene/protein expression. 36th Annual Meeting of the European Association for the Study of Diabetes, 17–21 September 2000, Jerusalem, Israel. Diabetologia. 43 (Suppl 1) (published August 2000). Abs 274. PMID11008622.
^ Frölich, L; Götz, ME; Weinmüller, M; Youdim, MB; et al. (March 2004). “(r)-, but not (s)-alpha lipoic acid stimulates deficient brain pyruvate dehydrogenase complex in vascular dementia, but not in Alzheimer dementia”. Journal of Neural Transmission. 111 (3): 295–310. doi:10.1007/s00702-003-0043-5. PMID14991456. S2CID20214857.
^ Ziegle, D.; Reljanovic, M; Mehnert, H; Gries, F. A. (1999). “α-Lipoic acid in the treatment of diabetic polyneuropathy in Germany”. Experimental and Clinical Endocrinology & Diabetes. 107 (7): 421–30. doi:10.1055/s-0029-1212132. PMID10595592.
6,10-Epoxy-6H,16H-diindolo[1,2,3-gh:3′,2′,1′-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][1,7]benzodiazonin-16-one, 7,8,9,10,17,18-hexahydro-7-methoxy-6-methyl-8-(methylamino)-, (6S,7R,8R,10R)- 62996-74-1[RN] AM-2282 Antibiotic 230 antibiotic am 2282 StaurosporineCAS Registry Number: 62996-74-1 CAS Name: (9S,10R,11R,13R)- 2,3,10,11,12,13-Hexahydro-10-methoxy-9-methyl-11-(methylamino)-9,13-epoxy-1H,9H-diindolo[1,2,3-gh:3¢,2¢,1¢-lm]pyrrolo[3,4-j][1,7]benzodiazonin-1-one Manufacturers’ Codes: AM-2282; CGP-39360 Molecular Formula: C28H26N4O3, Molecular Weight: 466.53 Percent Composition: C 72.09%, H 5.62%, N 12.01%, O 10.29% Literature References: Protein kinase C inhibitor; alkaloid isolated from Streptomyces staurosporeus. Isoln: S. Omura et al., J. Antibiot.30, 275 (1977). Crystal and molecular structure: A. Furusaki et al., J. Chem. Soc. Chem. Commun.1978, 800; eidem,Bull. Chem. Soc. Jpn.55, 3681 (1982). Corrected stereochemistry: N. Funato et al., Tetrahedron Lett.35, 1251 (1994). Total synthesis: J. T. Link et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.117, 552 (1995); idem et al., ibid.118, 2825 (1996). Biosynthetic studies: D. Meksuriyen, G. A. Cordell, J. Nat. Prod.51, 884, 893 (1988); S.-W. Yang et al., ibid.62 1551 (1999). HPLC determn in blood and pharmacokinetics in rats: L. R. Gurley et al., J. Chromatogr. B712, 211 (1998). Inhibition of protein kinase C: T. Tamaoki et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.135, 397 (1986); of other protein kinases: U. T. Rüegg, G. M. Burgess, Trends Pharmacol. Sci.10, 218 (1989). Induction of apoptosis: E. Falcieri et al., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.193, 19 (1993); R. Bertrand et al., Exp. Cell Res.211, 314 (1994); of tyrosine phosphorylation: D. Rasouly, P. Lazarovici, Eur. J. Pharmacol.269, 255 (1994). Properties: Pale yellow needles from chloroform-methanol as the methanol solvate, mp 270° (dec) (Omura). Also reported as yellow crystals from methanol, mp 288-291° (Meksuriyen, Cordell). [a]D25 +35.0° (c = 1 in methanol); [a]D22 +56.1° (c = 0.14 in methanol). uv max (methanol): 241.0, 266.0, 292.5, 321.5, 335.0, 355.0, 372.5 nm (log e 4.25, 4.26, 4.53, 3.88, 3.96, 3.81, 3.85). Sol in DMSO, DMF. Slightly sol in chloroform, methanol. Melting point: mp 270° (dec); mp 288-291° (Meksuriyen, Cordell) Optical Rotation: [a]D25 +35.0° (c = 1 in methanol); [a]D22 +56.1° (c = 0.14 in methanol) Absorption maximum: uv max (methanol): 241.0, 266.0, 292.5, 321.5, 335.0, 355.0, 372.5 nm (log e 4.25, 4.26, 4.53, 3.88, 3.96, 3.81, 3.85) Derivative Type: Hydrochloride Molecular Formula: C28H26N4O3.HCl, Molecular Weight: 502.99 Percent Composition: C 66.86%, H 5.41%, N 11.14%, O 9.54%, Cl 7.05% Properties: LD50 in mice (mg/kg): 6.6 i.p. (Omura). Toxicity data: LD50 in mice (mg/kg): 6.6 i.p. (Omura) Use: Pharmacological tool to study signal transduction pathways, tyrosine phosphorylation and to induce apoptosis. An indolocarbazole that is a potent protein kinase C inhibitor which enhances cAMP-mediated responses in human neuroblastoma cells. (Biochem Biophys Res Commun 1995;214(3):1114-20)
Staurosporine (antibiotic AM-2282 or STS) is a natural product originally isolated in 1977 from the bacterium Streptomyces staurosporeus.[1] It was the first of over 50 alkaloids to be isolated with this type of bis-indole chemical structure. The chemical structure of staurosporine was elucidated by X-ray analysis of a single crystal and the absolute stereochemical configuration by the same method in 1994.[2]
Staurosporine was discovered to have biological activities ranging from anti-fungal to anti-hypertensive.[3] The interest in these activities resulted in a large investigative effort in chemistry and biology and the discovery of the potential for anti-cancer treatment.
|00501 ] As will become apparent to a skilled artisan, many of the bridged epoxy diindolopyrrolo-hexahydrobenzodiazocines are commercially available as final compounds or modifiable intermediates. Staurosporine was originally isolated from the bacterium Streptomyces staurosporeus. (S.Omura et al. J.Antibiotics, 30, 275
1977).
[00502] Synthesis of 9, 12-epoxy staurosporine analogs:
NOTE: 2) 120°, 6) 120°, Reactantsi 4, Reagents : 7, Catalysts. 2, Solvents 18, Steps: 9, Stages: 11, Most stages in any one stept 2
[00503] Greater detail is provided in Tetrahedron Letters, 36(46), 8383-6,
1995. [00504] Alternative synthesis of 9,12-epoxy staurosporine analogs:
NOTEt 1) stereoselective, 5) Raney nickel present, Reactantsi 5, Reagentsi 6, Catalystsi 4, Solvents! 5, Stepsi 7, stagest 9, Most stages in any one step: 2 [00505] Greater detail is provided in Organic Letters, 3(11), 1689-1692; 2001. [00506] [00507] Synthesis of 9, 13-epoxy staurosporine analogs:
[00508] Whereas, a more thorough description of reagents, reaction conditions, and other pertinent syntheses are described Journal of the American Chemical Society, 117(1), 552-3; 1995. Additionally, syntheses on staurosporine and analogs thereof are described by S.J Danishefsky et al, J.Am.Chem.Soc, 118, 28251996 and J.L.Wood et al, J.Am.Chem.Soc, 118, 106561996.
Example 1Method for obtaining crude midostaurin B1 from crude staurosporine A1
A reactor was loaded with crude staurosporine A1 (1 mol) and DMF (7 L). The solution was cooled to 0°C and subsequently DIPEA (1.5 mol) was added. Benzoyl chloride (1.2 mol) was added while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 30 minutes from the end of the addition, an aqueous 1 % ammonium chloride solution (15 L) was added while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 1 hour from the end of the addition, the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed with plenty of water. The solid was dried for 6 hours at 40°C, obtaining crude midostaurin B1 with 95% yield. Example 2Method for obtaining purified midostaurin B2 from crude midostaurin B1 – reduction of 3-hydroxymidostaurin to midostaurin with triethylsilanei. TFA/TESii. NaHC03iii. Crystallizationin MeTHFiv. Crystallization
in EtOH/H20
B4 B2
A reactor was loaded with crude midostaurin B1 (1 mol) and DCM (10 L). The solution was cooled to 0°C and subsequently added with TES (1 mol) and TFA (0.50 L) in this order, while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. At the end of the additions the solution was brought to 20°C. After 3 hours the solution was added with an aqueous 5% sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L). At the end of the development of gas the resulting two phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed twice with DCM (10 L). The collected organic phases were concentrated at atmospheric pressure, added with 2-MeTHF (30 L) and two changes of solvent at atmospheric pressure were carried out. The solution was clarified by filtration at 75°C and the panel was washed with 2-MeTHF. The filtrate was transferred into another reactor and cooled at 0°C in 8 hours. After further 2 hours at 0°C the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed twice with 2-MeTHF. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C and subsequently transferred into another reactor. Ethanol (7 L) was added and the mixture was heated at 75°C up to complete dissolution. Water (30 L) was added with a concurrent cooling to 20°C. The resulting suspension was filtered and the panel was washed with plenty of water. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C, obtaining purified midostaurin B2 with 85% yield. Example 3Method for obtaining purified staurosporine A2 from crude staurosporine A1 – reduction of 3-hydroxystaurosporine to staurosporine with triethylsilane
A reactor was loaded with crude staurosporine A1 (1 mol) and DCM (10 L). The solution was cooled to 0°C and subsequently added with TES (1 mol) and TFA (0.50 L) in this order, while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 1 hour from the end of the additions, the solution was added with MeOH (10 L) and, subsequently, with an aqueous 5% sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L). At the end of the development of gas the resulting two phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed twice with DCM (10 L). The collected organic phases were concentrated at atmospheric pressure, added with 2-MeTHF (50 L) and two changes of solvent at atmospheric pressure were carried out. The warm solution was clarified by filtration at 75°C and the panel was washed with 2-MeTHF. The filtrate was transferred into another reactor and cooled at 0°C in 8 hours. After further 2 hours at 0°C the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed twice with 2-MeTHF. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C, obtaining purified staurosporine A2 with 80% yield. Example 4Method for obtaining purified staurosporine A2 from crude staurosporine A1 – derivatization of 3-hydroxystaurosporine with trifluoroacetic acid and purification by crystallization
A reactor was loaded with crude staurosporine A1 (1 mol) and DCM (10 L). The mixture was cooled to 0°C and added with TFA (0.50 L), while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 1 hour from the end of the addition, the solution was added with MeOH (10 L) and, subsequently, with an aqueous 5% sodium bicarbonate solution (20 L). At the end of the development of gas the resulting two phases were separated and the aqueous phase was washed twice with DCM (10 L). The collected organic phases were concentrated at atmospheric pressure, added with 2-MeTHF (50 L) and two changes of solvent at atmospheric pressure were carried out. The warm solution was clarified by filtration at 75°C and the panel was washed with 2-MeTHF. The filtrate was transferred into another reactor and cooled at 0°C in 8 hours. After further 2 hours at 0°C the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed twice with 2-MeTHF. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C, obtaining purified staurosporine A2 with 80% yield. Example 5Method for obtaining purified midostaurin B2 from purified staurosporine A2 i. BzCI/DIPEAii. NH4CI/H2Oiii. Crystallizationin MeTHFiv. Crystallization
in EtOH/H20
A2 B2
A reactor was loaded with purified staurosporine A2 (1 mol) and DMF (7 L). The solution was cooled to 0°C and subsequently DIPEA (1.5 mol) was added. Benzoyl chloride (1.2 mol) was added while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 30 minutes from the end of the addition, an aqueous 1 % ammonium chloride solution (15 L) was added while keeping the temperature within the range 0-5°C. After 1 hour from the end of the addition, the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed with plenty of water. The solid was dried for 6 hours at 40°C and subsequently transferred into another reactor. 2-MeTHF (30 L) was added and the suspension was heated under reflux up to complete dissolution. The solution was clarified by filtration at 75°C and the panel was washed with 2-MeTHF. The filtrate was transferred into another reactor and cooled at 0°C in 8 hours. After further 2 hours at 0°C the suspension was filtered and the panel was washed twice with 2-MeTHF. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C and subsequently transferred into another reactor. Ethanol (7 L) was added and the mixture was heated at 75°C up to complete dissolution. Water (30 L) was added with a concurrent cooling to 20°C. The resulting suspension was filtered and the panel was washed with plenty of water. The solid was dried for 12 hours at 80°C, obtaining purified midostaurin B2 with 85% yield. ClaimsHide Dependent 1) A process for the preparation of midostaurin with high purity, that is with a content of 3-hydroxymidostaurin impurities (III) and (IV) lower than 0.1%, comprising the treatment with strong organic or inorganic acids in a water-immiscible solvent and, optionally, also with reducing silanes.2) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 1 , comprising the treatment of crude midostaurin with a reducing silane in the presence of a strong organic or inorganic acid.3) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 1 , comprising the treatment of crude staurosporine with a strong organic or inorganic acid, optionally with the concomitant addition of a reducing silane.4) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 1 , 2 or 3, wherein the water-immiscible solvent is an aprotic polar water-immiscible solvent.5) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 4 wherein the water-immiscible solvent is dichloromethane, dichloroethane, methyl tetrahydrofuran or methylethylketone, preferably dichloromethane.6) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 1 , 2 or 3, wherein the strong acid is trifluoroacetic acid.7) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 1 , 2 or 3, wherein the reducing silane is triethylsilane.8) The process for the preparation of midostaturin according to anyone of the preceding claims, further comprising the benzoylation reaction of staurosporine to midostaurin characterized in that the benzoylation reaction is quenched with an aqueous solution having a slightly acid pH.9) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to claim 8 wherein the aqueous solution having a slightly acid pH is an aqueous ammonium chloride solution.10) The process for the preparation of midostaurin according to anyone of the preceding claims, comprising the obtainment of purified midostaurin by crystallization from 2-MeTHF and its further isolation by:dissolving the crystallized midostaurin in a water-miscible polar solvent, adding waterisolating purified midostaurin as an amorphous solid obtained by filtering and drying, with a content of organic solvents < 50ppm. 11) The process for the preparation of purified midostaurin according to claim 10, wherein the polar s
Patent
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitleJPS5247055B21973-12-041977-11-30US5093330A1987-06-151992-03-03Ciba-Geigy CorporationStaurosporine derivatives substituted at methylamino nitrogenEP0575955A11992-06-221993-12-29Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd.Process for producing staurosporine derivativesWO2006048296A12004-11-052006-05-11Novartis AgOrganic compoundsWO2011064355A12009-11-302011-06-03Novartis AgPolymorphous forms iii and iv of n-benzoyl staurosporineWO2018165071A12017-03-062018-09-13Teva Pharmaceutical Works Ltd.Solid state forms of midostaurin
Biological activities
The main biological activity of staurosporine is the inhibition of protein kinases through the prevention of ATP binding to the kinase. This is achieved through the stronger affinity of staurosporine to the ATP-binding site on the kinase. Staurosporine is a prototypical ATP-competitive kinase inhibitor in that it binds to many kinases with high affinity, though with little selectivity.[4] Structural analysis of kinase pockets demonstrated that main chain atoms which are conserved in their relative positions to staurosporine contributes to staurosporine promiscuity.[5] This lack of specificity has precluded its clinical use, but has made it a valuable research tool. In research, staurosporine is used to induce apoptosis. The mechanism of how it mediates this is not well understood. It has been found that one way in which staurosporine induces apoptosis is by activating caspase-3.[6] At lower concentration, depending on the cell type, staurosporine induces specific cell cycle effects arresting cells either in G1 or in G2 phase of the cell cycle.[7]
Staurosporine is an indolocarbazole. It belongs to the most frequently isolated group of indolocarbazoles: Indolo(2,3-a)carbazoles. Of these, Staurosporine falls within the most common subgroup, called Indolo(2,3-a)pyrrole(3,4-c)carbazoles. These fall into two classes – halogenated (chlorinated) and non-halogenated. Halogenated indolo(2,3-a)pyrrole(3,4-c)carbazoles have a fully oxidized C-7 carbon with only one indole nitrogen containing a β-glycosidic bond, while non-halogenated indolo(2,3-a)pyrrole(3,4-c)carbazoles have both indole nitrogens glycosylated, and a fully reduced C-7 carbon. Staurosporine is in the non-halogenated class.[8]
Staurosporine is the precursor of the novel protein kinase inhibitormidostaurin (PKC412).[9][10] Besides midostaurin, staurosporine is also used as a starting material in the commercial synthesis of K252c (also called staurosporine aglycone). In the natural biosynthetic pathway, K252c is a precursor of staurosporine.
Structure of an Indolo[2,3-a]pyrrole[3,4-c]carbazol
Biosynthesis
The biosynthesis of staurosporine starts with the amino acid L-tryptophan in its zwitterionic form. Tryptophan is converted to an imine by enzyme StaO which is an L-amino acid oxidase (that may be FAD dependent). The imine is acted upon by StaD to form an uncharacterized intermediate proposed to be the dimerization product between 2 imine molecules. Chromopyrrolic acid is the molecule formed from this intermediate after the loss of VioE (used in the biosynthesis of violacein – a natural product formed from a branch point in this pathway that also diverges to form rebeccamycin. An aryl aryl coupling thought to be catalyzed by a cytochrome P450 enzyme to form an aromatic ring system occurs.[8]
This is followed by a nucleophilic attack between the indole nitrogens resulting in cyclization and then decarboxylation assisted by StaC exclusively forming staurosporine aglycone or K252c. Glucose is transformed to NTP-L-ristoamine by StaA/B/E/J/I/K which is then added on to the staurosporine aglycone at 1 indole N by StaG. The StaN enzyme reorients the sugar by attaching it to the 2nd indole nitrogen into an unfavored conformation to form intermediated O-demethyl-N-demethyl-staurosporine. Lastly, O-methylation of the 4’amine by StaMA and N-methylation of the 3′-hydroxy by StaMB leads to the formation of staurosporine.[8]
Research in clinical use
When encapsulated in liposomenanoparticle, staurosporine is shown to suppress tumors in vivo in a mouse model without the toxic side effects which have prohibited its use as an anti-cancer drug with high apoptotic activity. Researchers in UC San Diego Moores Cancer Center develop a platform technology of high drug-loading efficiency by manipulating the pH environment of the cells. When injected into the mouse glioblastoma model, staurosporine is found to accumulate primarily in the tumor via fluorescence confirmation, and the mice did not suffer weight loss compared to the control mice administered with the free compound, an indicator of reduced toxicity.[11][12]
^ Funato N, Takayanagi H, Konda Y, Toda Y, Harigaya Y, Omura S (1994). “Absolute configuration of staurosporine by X-ray analysis”. Tetrahedron Lett. 35 (8): 1251–1254. doi:10.1016/0040-4039(94)88036-0.
^[1] Rüegg UT, Burgess GM. (1989) Staurosporine, K-252 and UCN-01: potent but nonspecific inhibitors of protein kinases. Trends in Pharmacological Science 10 (6): 218-220.
^ Chae HJ, Kang JS, Byun JO, Han KS, Kim DU, Oh SM, Kim HM, Chae SW, Kim HR (2000). “Molecular mechanism of staurosporine-induced apoptosis in osteoblasts”. Pharmacological Research. 42 (4): 373–381. doi:10.1006/phrs.2000.0700. PMID10987998.
^ Bruno S, Ardelt B, Skierski JS, Traganos F, Darzynkiewicz Z (1992). “Different effects of staurosporine, an inhibitor of protein kinases, on the cell cycle and chromatin structure of normal and leukemic lymphocytes”. Cancer Res. 52 (2): 470–473. PMID1728418.
Marbofloxacin is a carboxylic acid derivative third generation fluoroquinoloneantibiotic. It is used in veterinary medicine under the trade names Marbocyl, Forcyl, Marbo vet and Zeniquin. A formulation of marbofloxacin combined with clotrimazole and dexamethasone is available under the name Aurizon (CAS number 115550-35-1).
https://patents.google.com/patent/CN107383058B/enMarbofloxacin (Marbofloxacin) is fluoroquinolone antibacterial agent for animals, the entitled fluoro- 3- methyl-1 0- of 9- of chemistry (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) -7- oxo -2,3- dihydro -7H- pyridine [3,2,1-ij] [4,1,2] benzo oxadiazines -6- carboxylic acid, It is developed by Roche Holding Ag, and is further developed by French Vetoquinol (method national strength and prestige are grand) company earliest, in nineteen ninety-five in Europe Listing.Marbofloxacin is after Enrofloxacin (Enrofloxacin), Danofloxacin (Danofloxacin), sarafloxacin (Sarafloxacin) etc. another third generation carbostyril family antibacterial drugs after, the drug have extensive antibacterial activity simultaneously With very good dynamic characteristic, sterilizing power is strong, absorbs fastly, widely distributed in vivo, with other antimicrobials without crossing drug resistant Property, easy to use, adverse reaction is small.Pharmacokinetic is studies have shown that Marbofloxacin removes long half time in animal body, biology Availability, almost without residual in the blood of animal, excrement and tissue, is well suited for clinically to antibiosis for animals close to 100% The requirement of element, structural formula are as follows: Structure is complicated for Marbofloxacin, not only contains methyl piperazine substituent group, but also aromatic moieties contain pyridine benzo evil two Piperazine skeleton has had many documents and patent report at present and has reviewed its synthetic method, such as patent US4801584, ZL94190968.9, EP2010/067828, CN101619068, CN102060860, CN102617595, document J.Org. Chem., 1992,57 (2), 744-766, ” chemical reagent ” 2007,29 (11), 701-703., ” Chinese Journal of Pharmaceuticals ” 2002,33 (1), 1358-1363 etc..Patent US4801584 reports fluoro- via the fluoro- 4,8- dihydroquinoline -3- carboxylic acid, ethyl ester of 6,7- bis- preparation 6,7- bis- The method of 8- hydroxyl -1- (methylamino) -4- oxo-Isosorbide-5-Nitrae-dihydroquinoline -3- carboxylic acid, ethyl ester, this method are related to using valuableness And commercialization is not easy amination reagent O- (2, the 4- dinitrophenyl) oxyammonia largely purchased in 1 upper amino, by multistep reaction After complete the preparation of fluoro- 8- hydroxyl -1- (the methylamino) -4- oxo-Isosorbide-5-Nitrae-dihydroquinoline -3- carboxylic acid, ethyl ester of 6,7- bis-, passed through after It crosses and paraformaldehyde, N methyl piperazine reacts the preparation for realizing Marbofloxacin.Correlated response formula is as follows: The patent literature reports such as patent ZL94190968.9 are that raw material prepares Ma Bosha from 2,3,4,5 tetra fluoro benzoic acid The synthetic route of star, this method are not only related to the multisteps hazardous reactions such as carboxylic acyloxy chlorination, Grignard Reagent preparation reaction, synthesize road Wire length, and 3- (the N- methyl formyl hydrazono-) ethyl acrylate for being difficult to prepare is used, and yield is low, be not suitable for industrially putting Mass production, correlated response formula are as follows: Patent CN101619068 is condensed using 2,3,4,5- phenyl tetrafluoride carbamoylalkyl esters and inferior amine salt, obtained N- bis- Methyl substituted enamine derivates react the enamine for preparing the substitution of N- methyl-N- acyl group under organic acid catalysis with N- methylhydrazide Derivative, then 6,7,8- tri- fluoro- 1- (methylamino) -4- oxo-Isosorbide-5-Nitrae-dihydroquinoline-are completed in cyclization and hydrolysis under alkaline condition The preparation of 3- carboxylic acid realizes Ma Bosha finally by with N methyl piperazine, dimethyl formal (or diethyl formal) reaction The preparation of star.The technique uses the dimethyl suflfate and the height hazardous reaction reagent such as sodium hydride or alkalide of severe toxicity, because And it is subject to certain restrictions in commercial process.Correlated response formula is as follows: In conclusion there are various deficiencies, such as chemistry examinations in the synthetic route of existing synthesis Marbofloxacin The defects of agent is expensive, reaction route is too long, using the chemical reagent for being unfavorable for industrialized production, the present inventor are real after study It tests, invents a kind of new method for preparing Marbofloxacin.The preparation of embodiment 1:1,1,1- tri- chloro- 4- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) butyl- 3- alkene -2- ketone(E) -1,1,1- tri- chloro-4-methoxy butyl- 3- alkene -2- ketone (Formulas I, R=Me) (10.18g, 50mmol), 1- methyl The mixture of piperazine (6.0g, 60mmol) and mesitylene (50mL) is heated to reflux temperature and stirs 6 hours, and system is natural Be cooled to room temperature, remove organic solvent under high vacuum reduced pressure, residue (14.2g, crude product do not purify) without further purification, directly It connects for reacting in next step.Embodiment 2:(6,8- bis- fluoro- 7- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) -4- oxo -3- (2,2,2- trichloroacetyl) quinoline Quinoline -1 (4H)-yl) urethanes (Formula VII) preparationUnder nitrogen protection, the product (14.2g is not purified, is directly used) of embodiment 1 is dissolved in toluene (120mL), then body Triethylamine (72mL, 514mmol) is added in system, system is heated to reflux temperature.Under reflux temperature, slowly dripped into reaction system Add toluene (60mL) solution of 2,3,4,5- phenyl tetrafluoride formyl chloride (16g, 75.3mmol).Rear system reflux is added dropwise 30min, then system slow cooling is to 60 DEG C, heat filtering.Filtrate is transferred in 500ml reaction flask, and carbazic acid second is then added Ester (Formula V, R2=Et) (6.25g, 60mmol).System is reacted 12 hours at a temperature of 60-65 DEG C after addition.To reaction H is slowly added in system2O (150mL) quenching reaction, system are naturally cooling to room temperature.Filtering, obtains solid, and solid uses heptan Alkane/ethyl acetate system mashing processing, obtains solid (Formula VII, R2=Et) (21.2g).Embodiment 3:1- amino -6- fluoro- 8- hydroxyl -7- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) -4- oxo -1,4- dihydroquinoline -3- The preparation of carboxylic acid (Formula VIII)2 obtained solid of embodiment (21.2g) is placed in 200ml reaction flask, ethyl alcohol (50mL) is added into reaction system With water (50mL), system is heated to flowing back.The aqueous solution (30mL) of KOH (7.0g) is slowly added under counterflow condition to system, is dripped System maintains the reflux for state response 96 hours after adding.System is naturally cooling to room temperature, and H is added in system2O (100mL) and CH2Cl2(50ml) stands after stirring and separates organic phase, and water phase reuses CH2Cl2It is extracted twice (2 × 50mL).Water phase uses salt Sour regulation system is to acid (pH=3-4), and then water phase reuses CH2Cl2It is extracted twice (2 × 100mL), merges organic phase, subtract Pressure-off obtains solid (Formula VIII) (12.4g) after removing organic solvent.The preparation of embodiment 4:1,1,1- tri- chloro- 4- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) butyl- 3- alkene -2- ketoneSequentially added in reaction flask the chloro- 4- ethyoxyl butyl- 3- alkene -2- ketone (Formulas I, R=Et) of (E) -1,1,1- three (14.1g, 65mmol) and 1- methyl piperazine (7.0g, 70mmol).Then system is heated to 130-155 DEG C and is stirred to react 5 hours.System is cold But to room temperature, the complete raw material of a little unreacted of high vacuum removed under reduced pressure, residue (16.8g, crude product do not purify) is without pure Change, is directly used in and reacts in next step.Embodiment 5:(6,8- bis- fluoro- 7- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) -4- oxo -3- (2,2,2- trichloroacetyl) quinoline Quinoline -1 (4H)-yl) t-butyl carbamate (Formula VII, R2=tBu) preparationUnder nitrogen protection, the product (16.0g is not purified, is directly used) of embodiment 4 is dissolved in toluene (125mL), then N is added in system, N- diisopropylethylamine (104.5mL, 600mmol), system is heated to reflux temperature.Under reflux temperature, to Toluene (70mL) solution of 2,3,4,5- phenyl tetrafluoride formyl chloride (18.8g, 88mmol) is slowly added dropwise in reaction system.It is added dropwise Starting material Formula II is tracked to HPLC within system reflux 1 hour afterwards to disappear.Then system slow cooling is to 60 DEG C or so, hot mistake Filter.Filtrate is transferred in 500mL reaction flask, and tert-butyl carbazate (Formula V, R is then added2=tBu)(9.3g,70mmol).It is added After system reacted 48 hours at a temperature of 60-65 DEG C.H is slowly added into reaction system2O (150mL) quenching reaction, body System is naturally cooling to room temperature.Filtering obtains solid, and solid is handled using heptane/ethyl acetate system mashing, obtains solid (formula VII,R2=tBu) (19.3g) is directly used in next step without further purification.Embodiment 6:1- amino -6- fluoro- 8- hydroxyl -7- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) -4- oxo -1,4- dihydroquinoline -3- The preparation of carboxylic acid (Formula VIII)By 5 obtained solid of embodiment (19.0g) as in 200mL reaction flask, methanol (55mL) is added into reaction system With water (55mL), system is heated to flowing back.The aqueous solution (30mL) of CsOH (13.5g) is slowly added under counterflow condition to system, Rear system is added dropwise and maintains the reflux for state response 96 hours.System is naturally cooling to room temperature, and H is added in system2O (100mL) and CH2Cl2(50mL) stands after stirring and separates organic phase, and water phase reuses CH2Cl2It is extracted twice (2 × 50mL).Water phase uses salt Sour regulation system is to acid (pH=3-4), and then water phase reuses CH2Cl2It is extracted twice (2 × 100mL), merges organic phase, subtract Pressure-off obtains solid (Formula VIII) (8.8g) after removing organic solvent.Embodiment 7: the preparation of Marbofloxacin1- amino-6- fluoro- 8- hydroxyl-7- (4- methylpiperazine-1-yl) oxo-1-4- is sequentially added in 100mL reaction flask, 4- dihydroquinoline -3- carboxylic acid (Formula VIII, 6.0g), 85% formic acid (30mL) and 36.5% formalin (6.0mL). System is carefully slowly heated to 75 DEG C or so reactions 1 hour after addition.Then system is cooled to 10 DEG C hereinafter, being carefully added into 25% ammonium hydroxide (25mL), stir 0.5 hour.Then activated carbon (1g) is added into system, mistake after 1 hour is sufficiently stirred Filter, filtrate methylene chloride extract 2 times (2 × 100mL).Merge organic phase, anhydrous sodium sulfate dries, filters, organic phase high vacuum Removed under reduced pressure solvent obtains Marbofloxacin crude product (5.4g).H is added in the crude product2In O (50mL), first acid for adjusting pH value is slowly added dropwise To 3.2 (pH meter detections), 4 hours are stood, filtering, filtrate added drop-wise sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution adjusting pH value to 6.2 (pH meter detections), A large amount of solids are precipitated, and ice salt bath cooling system stirs 1 hour to 0 DEG C or so, filtering, obtain Marbofloxacin after product drying (4.72g)。
Patent
Publication numberPriority datePublication dateAssigneeTitleUS4801584A *1986-09-121989-01-31Hoffmann-La Roche Inc.Pyrido(3,2,1-IJ)-1,3,4 benzoxadiazine derivativesCN1116849A *1993-01-231996-02-14辉瑞大药厂Process for the manufacture of a tricyclic compoundCN102060860A *2011-01-072011-05-18安徽美诺华药物化学有限公司Preparation method of MarbofloxacinCN102617595A *2012-03-232012-08-01江西华士药业有限公司Preparation method of fluoroquinolone antibacterial medicament marbofloxacinCN102712598A *2009-11-192012-10-03新梅斯托克尔卡·托瓦纳·兹德拉维尔公司A process for a preparation of marbofloxacin and intermediate thereof CN110283186A *2019-07-192019-09-27海门慧聚药业有限公司A kind of crystal form of Marbofloxacin and preparation method thereof
PATENT
CN 107522718
PATENT
CN 102617595,
PATENT
Indian Pat. Appl., 2009CH00164,
Example 2: Preparation of ethyl 6,8-difluoro-1-(N~methylfomnamido)-7-(4-methyl-1- piperazinyl)-4-oxo-4H-quinoline-3-carboxylate hydrochloride of Formula (Ilia)
STR IIIA
Water (400 ml) and the compound of Formula (IIa) (200 g) are charged into a round bottom flask at 28°C and concentrated HCI (124 ml) is added slowly at a temperature below 40°C, and the mass is heated to 95-1OO0C. 300 ml of water and ethanol are distilled under vacuum at 1004C. The mass is cooled to 25-30°C. Acetone (400 ml) Is added and the mass is cooled to 0-5°C. The mass is maintained at 0-58C for 30-60 minutes and the product is filtered. The product is washed with pre-chilled acetone (200 ml) and dried under vacuum at 70-75°C for 12-15 hours to obtain the title compound. Yield: 181.0 g (95%). Example 3: Preparation of marbofloxacin from the compound of Formula (Ilia) Ethylene glycol (100 ml) and potassium hydroxide (17.3 g) are stirred for 10- 15 minutes for dissolution. A compound of Formula (Ilia) (10 g) is added and the mass is heated to 120-130’C, and then maintained for 24 hours. The mass is cooled to 30°C and water (15 ml) is added. Hydrochloric acid (36%, 18 ml) is slowly added below 404C.rformic acid (6 ml) is slowly added below 40°C and the mass is stirred for 20-30 minutes. Formaldehyde (5 ml) is added and the mass is then heated to 70-75°C and maintained for 1-2 hours. The mass is slowly cooled to 15-20°C and stirred for 30-60 minutes. The obtained solid dihydroformate salt is filtered and the wet cake is washed with pre-chilled demineralized water (5 ml). The material is suction dried for 2-3 hours. Methanol (50 ml), demineralized water (15 ml), and the wet cake are charged into a round-bottom flask and stirred for 10-15 minutes.
Ammonia solution (25%, 7.5 ml) is added and stirred for 30-60 minutes at 25-35°C. The turbid solution is filtered and the wet cake is washed with methanol (5 ml) at 25- 35°C. The water and methanol are distilled at 60-70°C under vacuum until 20 ml remain. The mass is cooled to 0-5°C and maintained for 30-60 minutes. The solid is filtered at 0-5°C and the wet cake is washed with methanol (10 ml). The material is suction dried for 30-60 minutes and the product is dried at 60-70°C under vacuum for 18-20 hours. Yield: 6.51 g (70%). Example 4: preparation of marbofloxacin from a compound of Formula (Ilia) Ethylene glycol (150 ml) and potassium hydroxide (72.2 g) are stirred for 10- 15 minutes for dissolution. A compound of Formula (Ilia) (50 g) is added and the mass is heated to 115-1256C, and then is maintained for 10-12 hours at 115— 125°C. The mass is cooled to 25-35°C and water (150 ml) is added. Formic acid (98%, 100 m!) is slowly added below 45°C and the mass is stirred for 30-60 minutes. Formaldehyde (37-41%, 35 ml) is added to the mass, which is then heated to 70- 75°C and maintained for 1-2 hours. The mass is slowly cooled to 0-5°C and stirred for 1-2 hours. The obtained solid dihydroformate salt is filtered and the wet cake is washed with pre-chilled water (50 ml). The material is suction dried for 1 hour and washed with pre-chilled acetone (50 ml) and suction dried for 1 hour. Methanol (250 ml), water (100 ml), and the wet cake are charged into a round-bottom flask and stirred for 10-15 minutes. Ammonia solution (25%, 40 mi) is added and stirred for 30-60 minutes at 25-35°C. The turbid solution is filtered and the wet cake is washed with methanol (50 ml) at 25-35°C. The filtrate is distilled at 60-70°C under vacuum until 75-100 ml remain. The mass is cooled to 10-15’C and maintained for 30-60 minutes. The solid free base is filtered at 10-15°C and the wet cake is washed with chilled methanol (50 ml). The material is suction dried for 30-^60 minutes and the product is dried at 60-70°C under vacuum for 10-12 hours. Yield: 33.0 g (70.8%). Example 5: Preparation of marbofloxacin from a compound of Formula (Ilia) Water (350 ml) and potassium hydroxide (86.6 g) are stirred for 10 minutes. A compound of Formula (Ilia) (50 g) is added and the mass is heated to 100-104°C. The mass is maintained for 105-110 hours at 100-1040C, then is copied to 25-35°C and water (65 ml) is added. Hydrochloric acid (36%, 125 ml) is slowly added below 40°C and the mass is stirred for 30 minutes. Formaldehyde (37%, 19 ml) is added and the mass is heated to 70-756C. The mass is maintained for 1-2 hours at 70-75 0C and then is slowly cooled to 0-5°C and maintained for 30-60 minutes. The obtained solid hydrochloride salt is filtered and the bed is washed with pre-chilled water (25 ml) at 0-5°C. The material is suction dried. Ethanol (250 ml), water (75 ml), ammonia solution (25%, 38 ml) and the wet cake are charged into a round-bottom flask and stirred for 1-2 hours at 25-35° C. The turbid solution is filtered and the bed is washed with ethanol (50 ml). The filtrate is distilled at 65-70°C under vacuum until 100 ml remain. The mass is cooled to 0-5°C and maintained for 30-60 minutes. The solid free base is filtered and the wet cake is washed with pre-chilled ethanol (50 ml). The product is dried under vacuum at 60-70°C for 15-^20 hours. Yield: 23.3 g (50%).
Example 6: Preparation of marbofloxacin from a compound of Formula (IIa) Ethylene glycol (60 ml) and potassium hydroxide (28.05 g) are stirred for 10- 15 minutes for dissolution. A compound of Formula (IId) (20 g) is added. The mass is heated to 120-135°C and maintained for 4-6 hours. The mass is cooled to 30°C and water (60 ml) is added. Formic acid (98-100%, 40 ml) is slowly added below 40°C and stirred for 20-30 minutes. Formaldehyde (37-41%, 12 ml) is added to the mass, which is heated to 70-75°C and maintained for 1-2 hours. The mass is slowly cooled to O-S6C and stirred for 30-60 minutes. The obtained solid dihydroformate salt is filtered and the wet cake is washed with pre-chilled water (20 ml). The material is suction dried for 2-3 hours. Methanol (100 ml), water (30 ml), and the wet cake are charged into a round-bottom flask and stirred for 10-15 minutes. Ammonia solution (25%, 20 ml) is added and stirred for 30-60 minutes at 25-35°C. The turbid solution is filtered and the wet cake is washed with methanol (10 ml) at 25-35°C. The water and methanol are distilled at 60-70°C under vacuum until 40 ml remain. The mass is cooled to 0-5°C and maintained for 30-60 minutes. The solid free base is filtered at 0-5°C and the wet cake is washed with methanol (20 ml). The material is suction dried for 30-60 minutes and the product is dried at 60-70°C under vacuum for 18-20 hours. Yield: 12.6 g (71%)
Example 7: Purification of marbofloxacin To crude marbofloxacin (25 g) is added methanol (125 ml) and ammonia (18.75 ml). Half of the volume of the methanol and ammonia solution is removed by azeotropic distillation. The mass is slowly cooled and maintained for 1 hour. The product is filtered and washed with chilled methanol (25 ml). The product is suction dried for 30 minutes and dried under vacuum for 12 hours, to yield pure marbofloxacin of a purity 99.80%. XRD pattern, DSC thermogram, TGA1 and IR are substantially in accordance with Figs. 1, 2, 3, and 4, respectively. Yield: 22 g (88.0%),
Marbofloxacin is the common name for 9-fluoro-2,3-dihydro-3-methyl-10-(4-methyl-1-piperazinyl)-7-oxo-7H-pyridol(3,2,1-ij)(4,2,1)benzoxadiazin-6-carboxylic acid, of the formula :
[0003] Marbofloxacin is a potent antibiotic of the fluoroquinolone group.
[0004] EP 259804 describes marbofloxacin as well as a synthesis for the preparation thereof by a multistep process which is unpractical for a large scale manufacture, since it requires high temperatures and reagents not suitable for large-scale production, resulting in low over-all yields. The process for the preparation is disclosed in the reaction scheme 1.
[0005] EP 680482 discloses an alternative approach for the preparation of marbofloxacin, wherein hydroxy group is introduced into molecule by means of reaction of intermediate with alkali metal hydroxide in aqueous media. The starting material used is 2,3,4,5-tetrafluorobenzoic acid. Disadvantages of this process are relatively high excess of alkali metal hydroxide and lengthy procedure. The process for the synthesis according to this patent is shown in the reaction scheme 2.
[0006] Research Disclosure No. 291, 1988, pages 548-551 discloses an alternative route of synthesis also starting from 2,3,4,5-tetrafluorobenzoic acid. Later steps of the process are shown in the reaction scheme 3.
[0007] IT 1313683 relates to a process for preparation of marbofloxacin by a process via benzyl ether. Ether was debenzylated in aqueous solution by hydrogenating over 5% Pd/BaSO4 and the obtained product is cyclized using HCOOH/HCOH.
[0008] In view of the prior art there still exists a need for an improved method for preparation of marbofloxacin and intermediates thereof suitable for a large-scale production.
Examples
[0068] A high resolution HPLC method is used to determine an amount and purity compounds of formula I, II and IV. The tests are carried out in X-Bridge C18, 150 x 4.6mm, 3.5µm column. The mobile phase is gradient of A) 5mM NH4COOCH3 pH=7.0 B) acetonitrile. Gradient: 0’=10%B, 10’=20%B, 25′-30’=90%B, 32’=10%B.
[0069] The chromatograph is equipped with a UV detector set at 250 nm and 315nm, the flow rate is 1.0 ml per minute at 30°C.
Example 1a) 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid and 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid sodium salt
[0070]
[0071] 4.137g of Ethyl 6,8-difluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (10.14mmol) was put into 40mL of 10% H2SO4 and stirred at 100°C for 7 hours. Reaction mixture was cooled and crystals were formed. Mixture was cooled to 4°C and filtered with suction. Filter cake was washed with a mixture of H2O/EtOH/THF (1/1/5) and dried. 3.260g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid as yellow crystals were obtained (91%).
[0072] In case the sodium salt is desired the product obtained in previous step was put into 5mL of EtOH and 10mL of CH2Cl2 and 1.20g of NaOH dissolved in 2mL of water was added. Solution was stirred at room temperature. for 1h, dried with Na2SO4 and evaporated. 2.90g of pure title product was isolated (yellow powder, 7.71mmol, 76%).
b) 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid
[0073]
[0074] 400mg of Ethyl 6,8-difluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylate (0, 979mmol) was put into 2mL of 10% H2SO4 and stirred at 100°C for 2 hours. Reaction mixture was cooled and crystals were formed. To this mixture 1,7mL of 25% aq. NH3 was slowly added. At first very dense suspension was formed that dissolves with further addition of ammonia solution. At the end clear solution formed with pH of 9. Ammonium sulphate was precipitated by the addition of 10mL of EtOH , filtered off and washed with 5mL of H2O/EtOH (1/2). Mother liquor was dried on the rotary evaporator and 10 mL of EtOH/H2O mixture (7/3) was added to precipitate residual inorganic salt, which was again filtered off. Remaining yellow solution was dried on a rotary evaporator to obtain 321mg of yellow powder (0.912 mmol, 93%).
Example 26-fluoro-8-hydroxy-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid
[0075]
[0076] 178 mg of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid sodium salt (0.470mmol) was mixed with 360 mg of Me4NOH.5H2O (2.00 mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 4 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 0.10mL of HCOOH was added to neutralize hydroxide. 5mL of EtOH is added to precipitate the product, which was filtered with suction and filter cake was washed with 2mL of cold EtOH. 90mg of the product was obtained.
Example 39-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid formate salt
[0077]
[0078] 180 mg of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid sodium salt (0.481mmol) was mixed with 360 mg of Me4NOH.5H2O (2.00 mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 3 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 1 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.4 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO and stirred at 70°C for additional hour. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 5mL of EtOH was added to precipitate the product, which was filtered with suction and filter cake was washed with 2mL of cold EtOH. 111 mg of grey powder was obtained.
Example 49-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid formate salt
[0079]
[0080] 1.14g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (3.00mmol) was mixed with 3.06g of Me4NOH.5H2O (16.96mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 5 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 1.44 mL of HCOOH (85% aq. sol) was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37o aq. solution of HCHO and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Another 1.44mL of 85% HCOOH was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to 70°C for 30min and after cooling 20mL of EtOH was added to the reaction mixture and left in a refrigerator for 16h. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure and washed with cold ethanol (10mL). After drying 1.23g of grayish powder was obtained (90%) .
Example 59-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0081]
[0082] 1.145g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (3.01mmol) was mixed with 2.72g of Me4NOH.5H2O (15.00mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 8 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 3.0 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO (6.0mmol) and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Precipitate was immediately formed. The flask was warmed to 70°C, during which precipitate was dissolved. After stirring at 70°C for 30min (precipitate was formed again after 5min) reaction flask was cooled to room temperature and 20mL of EtOH was added to the reaction mixture and left in a refrigerator for 16h. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure and washed with cold ethanol (10mL). After drying 1.165g of grayish powder was obtained (85%), with a purity of 97.11% (HPLC).
[0083] Crude reaction product was mixed with 0.9mL of 25% NH3 aqueous solution and crystallized in a mixture of 26mL of EtOH and 14mL H2O. 0.673g of powder was obtained (61%) with a purity of 98.75% (HPLC).
Example 69-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0084]
[0085] 1.140g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (3.00mmol) was mixed with 2.72g of Me4NOH.5H2O (15.01mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 8 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 3.0 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO (6.0mmol) and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Precipitate was immediately formed. The flask was warmed to 70°C, during which precipitate was dissolved and stirred for 30 min (after stirring for at 70°C for 5min precipitate formed again). Reaction flask was cooled to room temperature and 20mL of H2O was added to the reaction mixture and left in a refrigerator for 16h. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure and washed with cold ethanol (10mL). After drying 1.022g of greyish powder was obtained (75%). with a purity of 97.11% (HPLC).
[0086] Crude reaction product was mixed with 0.9mL of 25% NH3 aqueous solution and crystallised in a mixture of 20mL of EtOH and 6mL CHCl3. 0.771g of yellow powder was obtained (71%) with a purity of 99.50% as determined by HPLC.
Example 79-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0087]
[0088] 1.142 g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (3.01mmol) was mixed with 3.26g of Me4NOH.5H2O (18.01mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 4 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 3.0 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO (6.0mmol) and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Precipitate was immediately formed. The flask was warmed to 70°C, during which precipitate was dissolved and stirred for 30 min (after stirring for at 70°C for 5min precipitate formed again). Reaction flask was cooled to room temperature and dried on the rotary evaporator. 20mL of H2O was added to the reaction mixture and cooled in a refrigerator. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure. After drying 1.147g of white powder was obtained (84%).
[0089] Crude reaction product was mixed with 5mL of water and 2mL of 25% aqueous solution of NH3 and clear solution was obtained. To this solution, 7mL of EtOH was added and dried under reduced pressure. Product was crystallized in a mixture of 15mL of EtOH and 10mL CHCl3 to obtain 0.4321g of white powder (41%) with a purity of 98.63% as determined by HPLC
Example 89-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0090]
[0091] 1.136 g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (2.98mmol) was mixed with 2.73g of Me4NOH.5H2O (15.00mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 7 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 3.0 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO (6.0mmol) and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Precipitate was immediately formed. The flask was warmed to 70°C, during which precipitate was dissolved and stirred for 30 min (after stirring for at 70°C for 5min precipitate formed again). Reaction flask was cooled to room temperature and dried on the rotary evaporator. 20mL of H2O was added to the reaction mixture and cooled in a refrigerator. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure. After drying 1.039g of grey powder was obtained (77%).
[0092] Crude reaction product was neutralized with 2mL of 25% aqueous solution of NH3 and clear solution was diluted with 15mL of EtOH and 9mL of H2O. Solution was partially dried under reduced pressure until the formation of precipitate. At this point mixture was cooled in a refrigerator and precipitate was isolated by filtration under reduced pressure to obtain 0.675g of powder (65%) with a purity of 98.84% as determined by HPLC.
Example 99-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0093]
[0094] 1.140g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (3.01mmol) was mixed with 3.30g of Me4NOH.5H2O (18.20mmol) and stirred at 100°C for 4 hours. Ammonium salt melts and dark brown oil is formed during the reaction. Reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 3.0 mL of HCOOH was added followed by addition of 0.5 mL of 37% aq. solution of HCHO (6.0mmol) and the flask was cooled on the water bath at 22°C. Precipitate was immediately formed. The flask was warmed to 70°C, during which precipitate was dissolved and stirred for 30 min (after stirring for at 70°C for 5min precipitate formed again). Reaction flask was cooled to room temperature and dried on the rotary evaporator. 20mL of H2O was added to the reaction mixture and cooled in a refrigerator. Precipitate was filtered under reduced pressure to obtain 0.847g of solid, while mother liquid was diluted with EtOH and concentrated under reduced pressure until precipitate forms, which was filtered again to obtain additional 0.208g of solid. The yield of combined solid material is 1.055g, 77%. Crude reaction product (formate salt) was crystallized in H2O/EtOH (25mL/10mL) to obtain 0.722g (53%) of yellow powder. Formate salt was put in 20mL of EtOH/CH2Cl2 mixture (1/1) and 0.5mL of 25%aq. NH3 was added to obtain clear solution. Solution was dried with Na2SO4 and solvent evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain 0.580g of yellow powder (53%).
Example 109-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3,7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid
[0095]
[0096] 100 mL reactor with a rotary stirrer was charged with 10,16g of 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid (28,83mmol) and 26,50g of Me4NOH˙5H2O (146,25mmol) that was previously mixed together. Temperature of the heating jacket was set to 100°C and stirring to 100s-1, while water was allowed to evaporate out of the reactor during the reaction. Reaction was stirred at specified temperature for 5 hours and homogenous dark brown oil was obtained. Temperature of reactor was cooled to 20°C, 30mL of HCOOH was added and stirred well so that all oil is transformed into brown suspension. 4,5mL of 37% aq. HCHO was added drop-wise and heated at 70°C for 30min. Reaction mixture was cooled to 20°C and 20mL of water added to precipitate the product in the form of formate complex. Suspension was cooled to 0°C and filtered under reduced pressure and washed the filter cake with additional 10mL of cold water to obtain 8,38g of white powder. Mother liquor was partially evaporated under reduced pressure and when solid started to precipitate it was filtered again to obtain additional 0.80g of powder. 50mL of EtOH was added into the mother liquor to precipitate the product and after filtration at reduced pressure further 0.80g of white powder was obtained. Product was collected and 9,98g of white powder was suspended in a mixture of 50mL of EtOH and 50mL of CH2Cl2. Into the suspension 25% aq. NH3 was added to neutralize the formate complex and after addition of 12mL of NH3 all product was dissolved and small amount of solid material is formed. 5g of anhydrous Na2SO4 was added to dry the organic solution and it was filtered off and solvent evaporated under reduced pressure. 8.99g of slightly yellow powder was obtained in 86% yield.
Example 11Crystallization from ethanol/toluene/water 2:1:1
[0097] 8.4g of crude marbofloxacin was suspended in a mixture of 83 ml of ethanol, 41ml of toluene and 41 ml of water and heated to reflux. From the clear yellow solution formed 83 ml of solvent mixture was distilled off, whereby the temperature rose from 74 to about 79°C, and a yellow precipitate was formed. The suspension was cooled to 20° – 25°C, stirred for 1 hour, filtered, and the filter cake was washed with 3 portions of 6 ml of ethanol to yield after drying in vacuum dryer the product in more than 95% yield.
Example 12Crystallization of marbofloxacin starting from marbofloxacin formate
[0098] 26g of marbofloxacin formate was suspended in a mixture of 65ml of ethanol and 27ml of water. Under stirring a solution of 25% ammonia in ethanol (20ml 25%NH3/10ml EtOH) is slowly (about 30 minutes) added by drops until the substance is dissolved and pH value of 7-9 is reached. The reaction was stirred for about 15 minutes and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated at 110°C until about 60ml of the solvent was distilled off and marbofloxacin started to precipitate. After distillation the suspension was cooled and stirred for 0.5 to 1 hour at 0-5°C, filtered, to yield after drying at 40°C/50mbar for 3 to 5 hours the product in 100%yield.
Example 13Crystallization from ethanol
[0099] 1g of marbofloxacin was dissolved under heating to reflux in 160ml of ethanol, after filtration, the solution is cooled and the crystallized product is recovered in more than 90% yield.
Example 146,7,8-Trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid
[0100]
[0101] 10mmol of 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid ethyl ester was put in the round bottomed flask. 20mL of 10% H2SO4 was added and stirred with the temperature of the sand bath of 100°C for the time periods specified in the following table. Reaction mixture was cooled down to 4°C, filtered and the cake washed with water and the conversion an yield were determined.
[0102] The experiment was repeated but starting compound was mixed with 1.0mL of solvent (EtOH, AcOH or MeCN as specified in the following table) before adding the 10% H2SO4.
[0103] The starting compound is insoluble in aqueous phase. By mixing the starting compound with a small amount of polar solvent (EtOH, MeCN, AcOH) a film is formed around the crystals which improves wetting of the crystals with the aqueous acid. Without addition of polar solvent prior to adding the aqueous acid solution wetting of the crystals is impaired and the reaction is slower.Exp.Reaction time (solvent)Conversion (yield)14.016h65%14.027h60%14.0324h100%14.0424h100% (94%)14.056h (0.1mL AcOH per mmol)91%14.066h (0.1mL EtOH per mmol)89%14.0721h (0.1mL MeCN per mmol)100% (97%)14.0821h (0.1mL MeCN per mmol)100% (96%)
Example 156,7,8-Trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid
[0104] 3.30g of 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (10.054 mmol) was put into the round-bottomed flask equipped with the magnetic stirrer. 1mL of MeCN was added and stirred for a minute. 20mL of 10% H2SO4 was added and stirred. The flask was put into the sand bath (T = 100°C) and stirred for 21h. Suspension was cooled down to 4°C and filtered under suction. Yellow powder was washed twice with cold water and dried. 2.646g of yellow powder was obtained (9.721 mmol, 96.7%) and identified by NMR spectroscopy to be title compound.
Example 166,7,8-Trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid
[0105] 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (6.868g, 20.92 mmol) was mixed with 1mL of EtOH (to decrease the hydrophobicity of the substrate). Next, 40mL of 10% aqueous H2SO4 solution was added and the mixture was stirred at the temperature of the bath of 100°C for 12h. A white suspension formed which was cooled to 0°C and filtered under reduced pressure. The white powder was washed with cold water and cold EtOH and dried. 5.135g of yellow powder was obtained and identified as title compound by 19F and 1H NMR spectroscopy. The yield of hydrolysis was 90%.
Example 176,8-Difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
[0106]
[0107] 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid (272mg, 1.0mmol, obtained as described in Example 16, and 400 mg of N-methylpiperazine (4.0mmol) were mixed with 1mL of EtOH and stirred under reflux temperature (jacket temperature Tj=100°C). After two hours of reaction clear solution formed, afterwards the product precipitated and a very dense suspension was formed. Reaction was stopped after three hours of stirring at Tj=100°C. A sample was put directly to the NMR analysis and only two signals were observed indicating reaction was quantitative. Crude reaction product was diluted with EtOH and neutralized by addition of aqueous solution of NH3 until pH of 8 was reached. Suspension was cooled to 0°C and product isolated by filtration under reduced pressure, washed further with 10mL of cool EtOH and dried. 138mg (39%) of product was obtained.
Example 186,8-Difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
[0108] 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid (1.087g, 3.993mmol), 484mg of N-methylpiperazine (4.83mmol) and 484 mg of Et3N (4.78mmol) were mixed with 8mL of EtOH and stirred under reflux temperature (Tj=100°C). After 19h of reflux yellow solution and white precipitate are formed in the reaction flask. Solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure and put directly to the NMR analysis. Crude reaction product was mixed with 20mL of EtOH and suspension cooled in the refrigerator. The product (white precipitate) was isolated by filtration under reduced pressure, washed further with 10mL of cool EtOH and dried. 1.178g of white powder was obtained (3.375 mmol, 800).
Example 196,8-Difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid
[0109] In accordance with examples 17 and 18 additional experiments were carried out using different reaction conditions for the conversion of 6,7,8-trifluoro-1-methylamino-1,4-dihydro-4-oxo-3-quinoline-carboxylic acid into 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid. The experiments were performed according to the following general procedure: 1.0mm of starting compound was put in the round bottomed flask and N-methylpiperazine (NMP), base and solvent were added according to the following table. Reaction mixture was stirred at the corresponding temperature. Solvent was evaporated and crude reaction mixture analyzed directly by NMR (1H and 19F).
Example 206,8-Difluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester
[0111]
[0112] Substitution:6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 mmol, 324mg) was mixed with 2 equivalents of N-methylpiperazine (220mg) and 400mg Et3N stirred for three hours at 100°C. Reaction mixture liquefied in 10 minutes and solidified again within 30 minutes of the reaction (that is the reason for higher amount of TEA). After 3 hours of stirring was reaction mixture cooled to room temperature and analyzed by NMR spectroscopy.
[0113] Substitution: The above reaction was repeated but Et3N was replaced by 1 equivalent of DABCO.
[0114] In both cases, substitution was quantitative and analysis of the crude reaction mixtures showed that there was some hydrolysis of the ethyl ester (EE) to the free carboxylic acid (CA) group resulting in a product mixture. The results are summarized in the following table. Ethyl ester is readily soluble in water.Exp.Reaction conditionsConversion (yield)20.012.5 NMP, 1 DABCO, 100°C, 3h100% (48% EE, 52% CA)20.022.5 NMP, 4 Et3N, 100°C, 3h100% (58% EE, 42% CA)
Example 216,8-Difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid (one-pot reaction)
[0115]
[0116] 6,7,8-Trifluoro-1-(N-methylformamido)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid ethyl ester (1.0 mmol, 324mg) was mixed with 2 equivalents of N-methylpiperazine (200mg) and stirred for one hour at 100°C. Reaction mixture liquefied in 10 minutes and solidified again within 30 minutes of reaction. After one hour of reaction the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and 10% aqueous H2SO4 (5mL) was added and stirred again at 100°C for two hours. Yellow solution was cooled to 0°C so that product precipitated. It was isolated by filtration under reduced pressure. Pure 6,8-difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-quinoline-3-carboxylic acid in the form of sulfate salt was obtained (as determined by NMR) as slightly yellow powder (279mg, 58%).
Example 22Synthesis of 9-fluoro-3-methyl-10-(4-methylpiperazin-1-yl)-7-oxo-3, 7-dihydro-2H-[1,3,4]oxadiazino[6,5,4-ij]quinoline-6-carboxylic acid (Marbofloxacin, MBX)
[0117] 13.5 g of 6,8-Difluoro-1-(methylamino)-7-(4-methyl-piperazin-1-yl)-4-oxo-1,4-dihydroquinoline-3-carboxylic acid hydrochloride and ca. 63 g of tetramethylammonium hydroxide water solution 25 % were charged into a reactor and slowly heated to 100°C. When this temperature was reached, water was removed by distillation at reduced pressure (between 0.8 to 0.3 bar) in such a manner that ca. 25 to 32 ml of water were removed in 3 hours. The reaction mixture was stirred for another 3 hours and after completion of the conversion, the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 – 10 °C and ca. 40.5 ml of formic acid were slowly added with violent agitation. The temperature was maintained below 20°C, preferable between 0 – 10°C. Then ca. 6.1 ml of formaldehyde were slowly added. After addition the reaction mixture was heated to 70°C and maintained at this temperature for about 30 minutes.
[0118] The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (20 – 30°C), ca. 27 ml of purified water were added and the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes. Then the reaction mixture was cooled to 0 – 5°C and stirred at this temperature for at least 2 hours. The product marbofloxacin formate (MBXBZ) was centrifuged and washed with 10 – 15 g of cooled (0 – 5°C) purified water. The product was spun dried and collected.
[0119] Wet product MBXBZ was added to the mixture of 67 ml of ethanol, 67 ml of methylene chloride and 16.2 ml of ammonia solution (ca. 25 0). If phases did not separate, additional 63 ml of methylene chloride and 33 ml of purified water were added. The pH of the water phase was adjusted to be between 7 and 9.5, preferable between 7.5 and 8.5. The mixture was agitated for approximately 15 minutes to 1 hour and then the layers were separated and both phases were subjected to in process control (IPC) analysis.
[0120] If IPC results showed that extraction was not complete, ca. 63 ml of methylene chloride were added to the water layer and the extraction was repeated until the IPC specification was met.
[0121] The organic phases were combined and ca. 6.8 mg of sodium sulphate anhydrous and optionally 0.4 mg of activated charcoal were added. The mixture was mixed for at least 30 minutes and filtered, then organic solvent was distilled off to obtain crude marbofloxacin.
Purification of the crude Marbofloxacin
[0122] In an inert atmosphere 5 g of purified water, 12 g of ethanol 96 % and 4.3 g of toluene (ratio between the solvents was within the following ranges: ethanol : toluene : water : 1.8 – 2.8 : 1 : 1.1 – 1.2) were charged into a reactor and wet crude marbofloxacin (MBXCA) from the previous step was added under nitrogen. The mixture was slowly heated to reflux (70 – 80°C) until a clear solution was obtained. The solution was stirred for 0.5 hour under this temperature and then one half of the azeotrope solvent mixture (toluene : water : ethanol = 51 % : 6 % : 43 %) was evaporated. Then the remaining mixture was cooled slowly to 5°C (allowed interval is between 0 and 25 °C) with agitation (optionally 1 % mass of product of disodium-EDTA can be added). The mixture was mixed for 1 to 3 hours and the product was then isolated by centrifugation, washed with 13 g of ethanol, spun dry and collected. The product was dried at temperature 40 – 45°C, p < 100 mbar for 8 hour.
Example 23Purification of Marbofloxacin
[0123] Marbofloxacin was dissolved in 20 parts by weight of water by addition of acetic acid. Marbofloxacin was completely dissolved at pH of 5.3. Active charcoal was added and the mixture was stirred overnight. The mixture was then filtered using activated charcoal filter. The pH of the filtrate was adjusted to 7.2 by use of KOH, the obtained suspension was stirred for 1 hour at room temperature and then the precipitated product was recovered. Marbofloxacin with a purity of 99,9% (HPLC area) was obtained.
[0124] HPLC analysis was performed on a pentafluorophenyl propyl (PFP) column (type Luna® PFP, 150 x 4.6mm, 3µm, Phenomenex, USA); detector: UV315 nm; flow rate: 0.8 ml/min; injection volume: 5 µl; mobile phase: A: 0.02M NaH2PO4xH2O+0,1% TEA, pH2.5; B: acetonitrile : methanol = 5:95 (v/v) ; gradient: 0’=10B, 25’=100B, 30’= 100B, 32’=10B. The HPLC chromatogram of marbofloxacin prior to purification is shown in Figure 1, the HPLC chromatogram after purification is shown in Figure 2. As evident from the chromatograms all products with retention time above 24min were successfully eliminated.
Mechanism of action
Its mechanism of action is not thoroughly understood, but it is believed to be similar to the other fluoroquinolones by impairing the bacterial DNA gyrase which results in rapid bactericidal activity.[1] The other proposed mechanisms include that it acts against nondividing bacteria and does not require protein and RNA synthesis, which block protein and RNA synthesis respectively.[2]
Activity
Marbofloxacin is a synthetic, broad spectrum bactericidal agent. The bactericidal activity of marbofloxacin is concentration dependent, with susceptible bacteria cell death occurring within 20–30 minutes of exposure. Like other fluoroquinolones, marbofloxacin has demonstrated a significant post-antibiotic effect for both gram– and + bacteria and is active in both stationary and growth phases of bacterial replication.[3]
Marbofloxacin can be used both orally and topically. It is particularly used for infections of the skin, respiratory system and mammary glands in dogs and cats, as well as with urinary tract infections. For dogs, a dose ranges from 2.75 – 5.5 mg/kg once a day. The duration of treatment is usually at least five days, longer if there is a concurrent fungal or yeast infection.[4] Maximum duration of treatment is 30 days.[3]
Contraindications and side effects
Marbofloxacin should usually be avoided in young animals because of potential cartilage abnormalities. In rare occasion, it can cause central nervous system (CNS) stimulation and should be used with caution in patients with seizure disorders.[3] Under certain conditions it can cause discomfort such as cramps, treatable with diazepam. Other adverse effects are usually limited to gastrointestinal tract (GI) distress (vomiting, anorexia, soft stools, diarrhoea) and decreased activity.[3]
References
^ Boothe, D.M. (2001) Antimicrobial drugs. In Small Animal ClinicalPharmacology and Therapeutics, pp. 150–173. W. B. Saunders Co., Philadelphia, PA.
^ Hunter RP, Koch DE, Coke RL, Carpenter JW, Isaza R. Identification and comparison of marbofloxacin metabolites from the plasma of ball pythons (Python regius) and blue and gold macaws (Ara ararauna). J Vet Pharmacol Ther. 2007 Jun;30(3):257-62.
^ Jump up to:abcd Plumb DC (ed). Plumb’s Veterinary Handbook, 7th ed. Ames, IA: Wiley-Blackwell Publishing, 2011.
Aviptadil had been in phase II clinical trials for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension and idiopathic pulmonary fibrosis. But these researches were discontinued in 2011.
In 2006, Orphan Drug Designations were granted in the E.U. for the treatment of pulmonary arterial hypertension, and sarcoidosis and acute lung injury in 2006, and 2008, respectively.
The compound was co-developed by Lung Rx (subsidiary of United Therapeutics) and Mondobiotech.
Studies have found that aviptadil may be beneficial for severely ill patients with COVID-19 related ARDS.[2]ACTIV-3, a trial examining aviptadil acetate (Zyesami), is recruiting patients as of 2 July 2021.[3] A separate trial is examining inhaled aviptadil for patients with high risk for ARDS, is ongoing as of 21 May 2021.[4] A trial for intravenous aviptadil for the same indication concluded in February 2021.[5]
U.S.-Israeli NeuroRx Inc partnered with Relief Therapeutics to develop aviptadil in the United States. In June 2020, the U.S. Food and Drug Administration granted fast-track designation to aviptadil for treatment of respiratory distress in COVID-19.[6] In September 2020, NeuroRX submitted a request for an Emergency Use Authorization to the US FDA for its use in patients in intensive care.[7]May 2021: NRx Pharmaceuticals Announces Positive Results for ZYESAMI (Aviptadil-acetate) and Submits Emergency Use Authorization Application to USFDA to Treat Critical COVID-19 in Patients Suffering from Respiratory Failure.[8]
Jan, 2021: Zuventus healthcare Ltd seeks approval for Aviptadil from India’s drug controller for emergency use in COVID-19 treatment. Mumbai’s Zuventus healthcare Ltd. has got the nod to conduct Phase 3 clinical trials of Aviptadil injectable formulation. The SEC noted that Zuventus had presented revised Phase 3 clinical trial protocol before the committee, and after “detailed deliberation”, it recommended grant of permission of Phase 3 trials with the drug.[9][10]
Aviptadil/phentolamine combination for Erectile Dysfunction (ED)
October 2000 UK (Invicorp): Aviptadil, an injectable formulation of vasoactive intestinal polypeptide (VIP) in combination with the adrenergic drug phentolamine is approved as an effective alternative therapy for erectile dysfunction (ED) patients. 1 dose intracavernosal injection contains 25 micrograms aviptadil and 2 mg of phentolamine mesilate for the treatment of erectile dysfunction. Aviptadil dose used for treatment of erectile dysfunction is far lesser as compared to dose used for the treatment of ARDS.[11][12]
Vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP)
Vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP) is a 28-residue amino acid peptide first characterized in 1970 that was initially isolated from porcine duodenum. A member of the secretin/glucagon hormone superfamily. VIP was initially discovered owing to its potent vasodilatory effects (as its name implies). VIP is widely distributed in the central and peripheral nervous system as well as in the digestive, respiratory, reproductive, and cardiovascular systems as a neurotransmitter and neuroendocrine releasing factor. These effects contribute to an extensive range of physiological and pathological processes related to development, growth, and the control of neuronal, epithelial, and endocrine cell function.[13]
VIP Receptors
VIP acts on two receptors – VPAC1 and VPAC2, which are class B of G-protein-coupled receptors (GPCRs).VPAC1 is mainly present in the lung and T-lymphocytes, whereas VPAC2 is mainly seen in the smooth muscle,mast cells and the basal parts of the lung mucosa.[14]
Expression of VIP
VIP is produced in the neurons in the central and peripheral nervous systems. VIP is mainly localized in the myenteric and submucosal neurons and nerve terminals in the GI tract. Endogenous VIP is released by numerous stimuli such as acetylcholine (ACh), ATP, serotonin (5-HT), substance P (SP), GLP-2 from at least two populations of VIP-positive nerves: cholinergic and non-cholinergic VIP-releasing nerves. In guinea pig small intestine, most VIP-positive nerves in the mucosa and submucosa are non-cholinergic secretomotor neurons and well colocalized with neuronal nitric oxide synthase (nNOS) in human colonic circular muscles. VIP is also expressed in immune cells, such as activated T cells and therefore present in lymphoid tissues including Peyer’s patches, the spleen, and lymph nodes, in addition to the VIP-ergic innervation in lymphoid tissues. Beside the neuronal source, VIP is also expressed and released from endocrine organs – Heart, Thyroid, Kidney and GI tracts.[15]
Localization of VIP
VIP is highly localised in lungs (70%) and binds with alveolar type II (AT II) cells via VPAC1.[2] The biological (vasodilator) activity of vasoactive intestinal peptide (VIP) was discovered in the lungs before the peptide was isolated and chemical identity characterized from intestine. Although VIP levels are consideralbly high in the brain or gut:VIP is localized in key sites in the lung, has potent activities on its major functions, and appears to play an important role in pulmonary physiology and disease.[16]
The principal localization of VIP-containing neurons in the tracheobronchial tree is in the smooth muscle layer, around submucosal mucous glands and in the walls of pulmonary and bronchial arteries. Immunoreactive VIP is also present in neuronal cell bodies forming microganglia that provide a source of intrinsic innervation of pulmonary structures.[16]
Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide (VIP) and SARS-CoV-2
VIP is highly localised in lungs and binds with alveolar type II (AT II) cells via VPAC1 receptor. AT II cells constitute only 5% of pulmonary epithelium. Angiotensin Converting Enzyme 2 (ACE 2) surface receptors arepresent in AT II cells. AT II cells produces surfactant and plays an important role in the maintenance of type 1epithelial cells. SARS-CoV-2 enters into AT II cells by binding to ACE 2 surface receptors with its spike protein. SARS CoV-2 attack mainly type II cells (not type I alveolar cells) and results in the death of alveolar type II (AT 11) cells which produces surfactant, resulting in[2]
Profound defect in oxygenation
Leading to hypoxia
Mechanism of action of Aviptadil
Pulmonary alveolar type II Cells have a high concentration of ACE 2 receptors on their cell membrane
Investigators have confirmed that the SARS-CoV family of viruses selectively attack pulmonary Alveolar Type II (ATII) cells because of their ACE2 receptors, in contrast to other pulmonary epithelial cells.
SARS-CoV Viruses bind to ACE2 receptors in order to enter the cell. Viral replication and rupture liberates inflammatory cytokines and destroys surfactant production
VIP binds uniquely to receptors on Alveolar Type II cells in the lung, the same cells that bind the SARS-CoV-2 virus via their ACE2 receptors
VIP is heavily concentrated in the lung and binds specifically to VIP receptors on alveolar type II cells. VIP exerts a broad anti-cytokine effect on immune system cells
VIP specifically upregulates surfactant production via upregulation of C-Fos protein and protects type II cells from cytokine
Upregulating the production of surfactant, the loss of which is increasingly implicated in COVID-19 respiratory failure [17]
Aviptadil a synthetic form of VIP results in rapid clinical recovery in patients with SARS-CoV-2 infection.[2]
Effect of Aviptadil on Lungs in COVID-19
Preservation of Pulmonary Tissue
Preserving surfactant production in the lung and in protecting type 2 alveolar cells. Significantly delayed the onset of edematous lung injury, effective in preventing ischemia-reperfusion injury, Prevents NMDA-induced caspase-3 activation in the Lung.[18]
Inhibits alveolar epithelial cell Apoptosis
VIP is a proven inhibitor of activation-induced perforin, as well as of granzyme B and therefore actively contributes to the reduction of deleterious proinflammatory and cell death-inducing processes, particularly in the lungs. Aviptadil restores barrier function at the endothelial/alveolar interface and thereby protects the lung and other organs from failure.[18]
VIP Promotes synthesis of pulmonary surfactant
Studies have demonstrated that VIP binds on type II cells and increases the incorporation of methyl-choline into phosphatidylcholine – the major component of the pulmonary surfactants by enhancing the activity of the enzyme choline-phosphate cytidylyltransferase. VIP upregulates C-Fos protein expression in cultured type II alveolar cells, which is instrumental in promoting synthesis of pulmonary surfactant phospholipids (Li 2007) and induces surfactant protein A expression in ATII cells through activation of PKC/c-Fos pathway.[18]
VIP decreases Pulmonary Inflammation
Anti-cytokine effect- Inhibits IL-6,TNF-α production and inhibit NF-kB activation. Protects against HCl-induced pulmonary edema.[18]
Pharmacokinetic Properties
Half-life: Its plasma half-life of elimination is 1 to 2 minutes.[2]Metabolism/Distribution: After injection of 1 µg radioactively labelled Aviptadil as bolus to patients a very rapid tissue distribution was observed Within 30 min about 45% of the radioactivity was found in the lungs Over an observation period of 24 hrs only minimal activity was detected in the GI tract & almost no activity was found in the liver or spleen Radioactivity in the lungs decreased within four hours to 25% and within 24 hours to 10% Apparent volume of distribution: Aviptadil has a volume of distribution of 14 ml/kg.[2]Tissue Distribution:Aviptadil binds to its receptors in discrete locations within the gastrointestinal, respiratory, and genital tracts. Aviptadil is localized on respiratory epithelium, smooth muscles of the airways, blood vessels and alveolar walls. Elimination:After injection of radiolabelled Aviptadil radioactivity was almost completely eliminated by the kidneys, 35% within 4 hours, and 90% within 24 hours
Justification for Aviptadil use in the treatment of ARDS
COVID-19-related death is primarily caused by Acute Respiratory Distress Syndrome (ARDS). The trigger for ARDS is widely attributed to a cytokine storm in the lungs, in which the virus causes release of inflammatory cytokines. As a result, alveolae of the lungs fill with fluid and become impermeable to oxygen, even in the setting of mechanical ventilation. SARS-CoV-2 is known to cause respiratory failure, which is the hallmark of Acute COVID-19. Tragically, survival of patients with COVID-19 who progress to Acute Respiratory Distress is dismal. There is an urgent need for a treatment approach that goes right into the heart of the matter – the alveolar type 2 cells which are vulnerable entry points and hosts for the SARS-CoV-2 virus.[19]
Aviptadil-Evidence from Studies in ARDS
Phase III Study-Increased Recovery and Survival in Patients With COVID-19 Respiratory Failure Following Treatment with Aviptadil
A multicenter, randomized, placebo-controlled trial in 196 patients with PCR+ COVID-19 receiving intensive care at 10 U.S. hospitals – 6 tertiary care and 4 regional hospitals to determine whether intravenous aviptadil (synthetic VIP) is superior to placebo in achieving recovery from respiratory failure and survival at 60 days post treatment. Primary, prespecified endpoint was “alive and free from respiratory failure at day 60.” Across all patients and sites of care, patients treated with aviptadil were significantly more likely to be alive and free from respiratory failure at 60 days, compared to those treated with placebo (P=.02) and demonstrated improvement in survival alone (P<.001). Advantages in survival for aviptadil-treated patients were seen in both the subgroup classified as 2 on the National Institute of Allergy and Infectious Disease (NIAID) ordinal scale (58.6% vs. 0%; p=.001) and the NIAID=3 subgroup (83.1% vs. 62.8%; p=.03). Among patients who recovered successfully, those treated with Aviptadil had a median 10-day reduction in length of hospital stay compared to placebo patients (P=.025). Treatment with aviptadil demonstrates multi-dimensional efficacy in improving the likelihood of recovery from respiratory failure and survival to 60 days, and markedly reduced hospital stay in critically ill patients with respiratory failure caused by COVID-19.[20]
Case report: Rapid Clinical Recovery from Critical COVID-19 Pneumonia with Aviptadil
A 54 year old man with double lung transplant presented with headache, fever and productive cough. COVID-19 infection was confirmed by positive RT-PCR of nasopharyngeal swab. The patient required only supportive care for 3 days and was discharged home. Two weeks later he presented with worsening dyspnea, fever and severe hypoxemia requiring high flow O2 and ICU admission. Chest CT showed diffuse bilateral consolidations. He had markedly elevated inflammatory markers. He was treated with dexamethasone and tocilizumab without improvement. He was not a candidate for Remdesivir due to chronic kidney disease. Convalescent plasma was not available, Pro-BNP level was normal; echocardiogram showed preserved biventricular function. He received Aviptadil, a total of three doses, per an open label access under an emergency use approved by USFDA. Rapid improvement in oxygenation and radiologic findings were noticed. No adverse effects were recorded. Patient was transferred out of the ICU 24 hours following the third dose and discharged home on room air 15 days later. This case report of lung transplant recipient with critical COVID-19 pneumonia treated with Aviptadil demonstrates rapid clinical and radiologic improvement.This is consistent with that VIP protects ATII cells, ameliorating the inflammation and improving oxygenation in critical COVID-19 pneumonia.[21]
Posology and method of administration
Aviptadil intravenous infusion is administered by infusion pump in escalating doses for 3 successive days
Day 1 : Aviptadil 0.166 mcg/kg/hr (equivalent to 1 vial of Aviptadil Injection)
Day 2 : Aviptadil 0.332 mcg/kg/hr (equivalent to 2 vials of Aviptadil Injection)
Day 3 : Aviptadil 0.498 mcg/kg/hr (equivalent to 3 vials of Aviptadil Injection)
Duration of infusion depends on the patient’s body weight
Body weight < 60 kg – 14 hour infusions of Aviptadil at escalating doses on 3 successive days
Body weight 60 – 90 kg – 12 hour infusions of Aviptadil at escalating doses on 3 successive days
Body weight > 90 kg – 10 hour infusions of Aviptadil at escalating doses on 3 successive days
^ Keijzers GB (April 2001). “Aviptadil (Senatek)”. Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs. 2 (4): 545–9. PMID11566015. Archived from the original on 2010-09-02. Retrieved 2020-04-01.
^ Javitt, Jonathan C (2020-07-25). “Vasoactive Intestinal Peptide treats Respiratory Failure in COVID-19 by rescuing the Alveolar Type II cell”. doi:10.22541/au.159569209.99474501. S2CID221509046.
^ Jump up to:ab Youssef, Jihad G.; Lee, Richard; Javitt, Jonathan; Lavin, Philip; Lenhardt, Rainer; Park, David J; Perez Fernandez, Javier; Morganroth, Melvin; Jayaweera, Dushyantha (2021). “Increased Recovery and Survival in Patients With COVID-19 Respiratory Failure Following Treatment with Aviptadil: Report #1 of the ZYESAMI COVID-19 Research Group”. SSRN3830051.
This article incorporates text from this source, which is in the 
(Aviptadil-acetate) and Submits Emergency Use Authorization Application to USFDA to Treat Critical COVID-19 in Patients Suffering from Respiratory Failure.
